concerning someone

μαρτυρέω impf. ἐμαρτύρουν; fut. μαρτυρήσω; 1 aor. ἐμαρτύρησα; pf. μεμαρτύρηκα. Pass.: impf. ἐμαρτυρούμην; 1 aor. ἐμαρτυρήθην Hb 11:2, 4, 39; pf. μεμαρτύρημαι (s. four next entries; Semonides, Hdt.+)

① to confirm or attest someth. on the basis of personal knowledge or belief, bear witness, be a witness.

ⓐ to offer testimony

α. act. ὑμεῖς μαρτυρεῖτε you are witnesses J 15:27. ἐὰν θέλωσιν μαρτυρεῖν if they are willing to appear as witnesses Ac 26:5.—J 12:17; 1J 5:6f. Parenthetically, emphasizing the correctness of a statement, μαρτυρῶ I can testify (POxy 105, 13 Σαραπίων μαρτυρῶ=‘I, S., am witness’; PLond III, 1164 [f], 35 al. p. 162.—B-D-F §465, 2; Rob. 434) 2 Cor 8:3. περί τινος bear witness, testify concerning someone or someth. (PGrenf II, 73, 16 ὅταν ἔλθῃ σὺν θεῷ, μαρτυρήσει σοι περὶ ὧν αὐτὴν πεποιήκασιν; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 217, Vi. 259) J 1:7f, 15 (in the very likely case that μαρτυρεῖ refers to the past, cp. Caecil. Calact., Fgm. 75 p. 58, 2ff, where examples are given of the interchange of tenses: Demosth. 59, 34 τοὺς ὁρῶντας for τ. ἑωρακότας; Eur., Androm. Fgm. 145 Nauck² ὁρῶ ἀντὶ τοῦ εἶδον; Thu. 2, 35, 1 ἐπαινοῦσι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπῄνεσαν); 2:25; 5:31, 32a, 36f, 39; 7:7; 8:13f, 18ab; 10:25; 15:26; 21:24; 1J 5:9. μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ testify to the wrong J 18:23 (μ.=furnish proof X., Symp. 8, 12). Also ἐπί τινι Hb 11:4b (on ἐπί w. dat. in this pass. s. Gen 4:4). W. dat. of thing (Jos., Ant. 12, 135; Ath. 16, 3 τῷ λόγω. Πλάτων) μ. τῇ ἀληθείᾳ bear witness to the truth J 5:33; 18:37. μ. σου τῇ ἀληθείᾳ testify to the truth of your (way of life) 3J 3; σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ vs. 6. W. dat. of pers. about whom testimony is given (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 73 §298; Just., D. 122, 2.—It is dat. of advantage or disadv.) Ac 10:43; 22:5; GJs 15:2; w. ptc. foll. (μ. Ἰακὼβ λέγων Did., Gen. 221, 2) θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς δοὺς κτλ. God testified for them by giving Ac 15:8 (though αὐτοῖς can also be taken w. δούς); w. ὅτι foll. bear someone witness that J 3:28; Ro 10:2; Gal 4:15; Col 4:13. μ. ἑαυτῷ, ὅτι bear witness to oneself that Mt 23:31. The dat. can also designate the pers. who is informed or instructed by the testimony: bear witness to someone Hb 10:15; Rv 22:18.—μ. ὅτι testify that (Aelian, VH 9, 11; Did., Gen. 156, 28) J 1:34; 4:44; 12:17 v.l.; 1J 4:14. ὅτι introducing direct discourse J 4:39. μ. κατὰ τ. θεοῦ ὅτι bear witness against God by declaring that 1 Cor 15:15 (PPetr II, 21 [d], 12 [III B.C.] καθʼ οὗ μαρτυρῶ). ἐμαρτύρησεν καὶ εἶπεν w. direct discourse foll. J 13:21. μ. λέγων w. direct disc. foll. J 1:32. Of God μοι μαρτυρεῖ λέγων (Ps 89:4 follows) he testifies (of it) to me by saying 15:4. For 1 Ti 6:13 s. c below.

β. pass., be witnessed, have witness borne ὑπό τινος by someone (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 46 σοφία μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ θεοῦ; Just., D. 63, 5 Χριστὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ ταῦτα ποιήσαντος μαρτυρούμενος. Of Jesus: ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν πολλαχοῦ μεμαρτ. Orig., C. Cels. 2, 9, 30) Ro 3:21 (the witness of the law and prophets points to God’s righteousness). Foll. by ὅτι and a quot. in direct discourse Hb 7:17. μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ one of whom it is testified that he lives vs. 8.

ⓑ to confirm bear witness to, declare, confirm, act. (Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 76 ὁ θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησε; Iren. 2, 22, 5 [Harv I 331, 1]) τὶ someth. (Demosth. 57, 4 ἀκοήν; Aeschin. 1, 46 τἀληθῆ). ὸ̔ ἑωράκαμεν μαρτυροῦμεν J 3:11; cp. vs. 32. τὸν λόγον τ. θεοῦ Rv 1:2. ταῦτα 22:20. τινί τὶ someth. to or for someone (Dionys. Hal. 3, 67, 1; Jos., Ant. 6, 355) vs. 16. ὑμῖν τ. ζωήν 1J 1:2. The acc. is to be supplied fr. the context J 19:35; Ac 23:11. W. ptc. ἀκούσαντες μαρτυρήσωσιν they must admit that they have heard PtK 3 p. 15, 23.—μαρτυρίαν μ. bear witness, confirm, attest (Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 399b; Epict. 4, 8, 32) περί τινος concerning someone J 5:32b; 1J 5:10 (POxy 3313, 25f μαρτυρήσει σοι Σαραπᾶς περὶ τῶν ῥόδων S. will confirm to you about the roses).

ⓒ to support one’s testimony with total selfgiving, eccl. usage w. regard to martyrdom bear witness, testify, be a witness (unto death), be martyred, act. (TestAbr B 11 p. 115, 16 [Stone p. 787] Ἄβελ ὁ ἐν πρώτοις μαρτυρήσας; Mel., HE 4, 26, 3; τοῖς μαρτυρούσι τῷ χριστιανισμῷ μέχρι θανάτου Orig., C. Cels. 1, 8, 2): of Paul μαρτυρήσας ἐπὶ τῶν ἡγουμένων … εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον ἐπορεύθη 1 Cl 5:7; cp. vs. 4; MPol 1:1; 19:1; 21f (Iren. 3, 3, 4 [Harv. II 12, 8]); EpilMosq 4. Prob. 1 Ti 6:13 also belongs here: Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου τ. καλὴν ὁμολογίαν Christ Jesus, who made the good confession before Pontius Pilate (s. GBaldensperger, RHPR 2, 1922, 1–25; 95–117); otherwise the passage may be classed under a above.

② to affirm in a supportive manner, testify favorably, speak well (of), approve

ⓐ act. (Dio Chrys. 23 [40], 19; SIG 374, 37 [III B.C.]; POxy 930, 16) w. dat. of the pers. (Appian, Samn. 11, §2 τοῖς ὑπάτοις, Liby. 105 §495, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §387; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jos., Ant. 12, 134) or of the thing approved Lk 4:22 (OFearghus, ZNW 75, ’84, 60–72 [pap and ins]; JNolland, JBL 98, ’79, 219–29); J 3:26. Of God toward David Ac 13:22. μὴ ἑαυτῷ μαρτυρείτω he must not testify (favorably) concerning himself 1 Cl 38:2. W. dat. to be supplied 3J 12b. μαρτυρίᾳ, ᾗ ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτῷ ὁ δεσπότης Hs 5, 2, 6. Of the flesh ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα … μαρτυρήσῃ αὐτῇ Hs 5, 7, 1.—ὁ κύριος ὁ μαρτυρῶν ἐπὶ (which a v.l. omits; μ. ἐπί τινι as Jos., Ant. 3, 189) τῷ λόγῳ τ. χάριτος αὐτοῦ the Lord, who attested the word of his grace Ac 14:3. With συνευδοκέω Lk 11:48 v.l.

ⓑ pass., be well spoken of, be approved (Ep. 12 of Apollonius of Tyana: Philostrat. I 348, 26; Just., D. 29, 1. Exx. fr. ins in Dssm., NB 93 [BS 265], LO 69, 2 [LAE 84, 5]) ἀνὴρ μαρτυρούμενος or μεμαρτυρημένος a man of good reputation Ac 6:3; IPhld 11:1. Of OT worthies people of attested merit 1 Cl 17:1; 19:1. Of David 18:1. Of Abraham μεγάλως ἐμαρτυρήθη his merit was gloriously attested 17:2 (cp. Just., D. 11, 5 ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει μαρτυηθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ). Of the apostles 47:4. Of Paul IEph 12:2. Of church leaders 1 Cl 44:3.—Foll. by nom. and inf. Hb 11:4a; cp. vs. 5. διά τινος be praised for someth. 11:4a, 39. ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρούμενος well attested in good deeds 1 Ti 5:10; cp. Hb 11:2. ὑπό τινος be well spoken of by someone (M. Ant. 7, 62; SIG 799, 28; Jos., Ant. 3, 59; Just., D. 29, 3; 92, 4; New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 10 of a benefactor) Ac 10:22; 16:2; 22:12; IPhld 5:2.—Impersonally μαρτυρεῖταί τινι ὑπό τινος a good testimony is given by someone to someone (Dionys. Hal., Thu. 8 μαρτυρεῖται τῷ ἀνδρὶ τάχα μὲν ὐπὸ πάντων φιλοσόφων; BGU 1141, 15 [14 B.C.] ὡς καὶ μαρτυρηθήσεταί σοι ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων) Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων καὶ ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας Demetrius has received a good testimony from everyone and from the truth itself 3J 12a.—Dg 12:6.—OMichel, Bibl. Bekennen u. Bezeugen, Ὁμολογεῖν und μαρτυρεῖν im bibl. Sprachgebr.: Evang. Theologie 2, ’35, 231–45; EBurnier, La notion de témoignage dans le NT ’39.—DELG s.v. μάρτυς. M-M. EDNT. TRE XXII 196–212. TW.

πιστεύω (Trag.+) impf. ἐπίστευον; 1 aor. ἐπίστευσα; pf. πεπίστευκα; plpf. πεπιστεύκειν Ac 14:23 (on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.: fut. 3 pl. πιστευθήσονται Gen 42, 20; 1 aor. ἐπιστεύθην; pf. πεπίστευμαι (the word does not occur in Phlm, 2 Pt, 2 and 3J, Rv, MPol, or D. But it is a special favorite of J and 1J, where it is found 96 times and 9 times respectively; πίστις is not found in the gospel at all, and occurs in 1J only once, 5:4. Our lit. uses it quite predominantly in a transcendent sense, or at least w. transcendent coloring).

① to consider someth. to be true and therefore worthy of one’s trust, believe

ⓐ believe (in) someth., be convinced of someth., w. that which one believes (in) indicated

α. by acc. of thing (Soph., Oed. Rex 646 τάδε; Aristot., Analyt. Pr. 2, 23, 68b, 13 ἅπαντα; PSI 494, 14 μηθέν; UPZ 70, 29 [152/151 B.C.] π. τὰ ἐνύπνια; ApcEsdr 7:12 p. 32, 26 τὸ βιβλίον τοῦτο) ἡ ἀγάπη πάντα πιστεύει 1 Cor 13:7. πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην we believe in the love 1J 4:16. πιστεύεις τοῦτο; J 11:26b. Cp. Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5). Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν our testimony was believed 2 Th 1:10b (cp. Aristot., EN 10, 2 p. 1172b, 15 ἐπιστεύοντο οἱ λόγοι; Gen 42:20).

β. by means of a ὅτι-clause believe that (Plut., Mor. 210d; Aelian, VH 1, 16 p. 8, 9; Herm. Wr. 4, 4: Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24; PLond III, 897, 12 p. 207 [I A.D.]; Tob 10:8 S; Job 9:16; 15:31; 39:12; La 4:12; 4 Macc 7:19; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 18 [Stone p. 48]; ParJer 6:7; Just., A I, 18, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 16) μακαρία ἡ πιστεύσασα ὅτι ἔσται τελείωσις Lk 1:45 (ὅτι here may=for: s. ὅτι 4b).—Mk 11:23; cp. vs. 24; J 8:24 (ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι as Is 43:10); 11:27, 42; 13:19; 14:10; 16:27, 30; 17:8, 21; 20:31a; Ac 9:26; Ro 6:8; 10:9; 1 Th 4:14; Hb 11:6; Js 2:19a; 1J 5:1, 5; Hv 3, 8, 4; 4, 2, 4; m 1:1; 6, 2, 10b; Hs 2:5.—[ὅτι εἷς θεός] καὶ εἷς χριστός AcPl Ha 1, 17; AcPlCor 1:8. π. περί τινος ὅτι believe concerning someone that J 9:18 (M. Ant. 1, 15, 5 πιστεύειν περὶ ὧν λέγοι ὅτι οὕτως φρονεῖ=believe concerning whatever he might say, that it was what he actually thought; Just., D. 10, 1 π. ἡμῶν• ὅτι ἐσθίομεν ἀνθρώπους.—π. περί τινος as Plut., Lyc. 19, 4; Jos., Ant. 14, 267).

γ. by the acc. and inf. (pres. Pla., Gorg. 524a; PTebt 314, 3 [II A.D.]; 4 Macc 5:25; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 160; Just., A I, 8, 2 al.; Ath. 20, 3) πιστεύω τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ac 8:37b.—GMary 463, 8.—IRo 10:2.—By the inf. (Thu 2, 22, 1; Job 15:22; AscIs 2:10 εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναβῆναι) πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11 (difft. JNolland, NTS 27, ’80, 112f [inf. of result: ‘we believe (in order) to be saved’]).—By the acc. and ptc. ἐν σαρκὶ αὐτὸν πιστεύω ὄντα I believe that he was in the flesh ISm 3:1.

δ. by means of the dat. of thing give credence to, believe (Aeschyl., Pers. 786 θεῶν θεσφάτοισιν; Soph., Phil. 1374 τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, El. 886; Pla., Phd. 88c, Leg. 7, 798d; Polyb. 5, 42, 9; 9, 33, 1; Herodian 7, 5, 5 ἐλπίδι κρείττονι; BGU 674, 6 τῷ λόγῳ; 2 Ch 9:6 τοῖς λόγοις; Ps 105:24; Pr 14:15; Sir 19:15; En 104:13 ταῖς βίβλοις; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 τοῖς κενοῖς λογισμοῖς, Virt. 68 the sayings of God; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 286, Ant. 10, 39 τ. λόγοις; Tat. 18, 2 ὕλης οἰκονομία; Ath. 30, 2 ταῖς γοναῖς τοῦ Διό; Iren. 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I 92, 4] ἡ ἐκκλησία … π. τούτοις [sc. κήρυγμα and πίστις]) οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου Lk 1:20 (cp. Iambl., ViPyth. 28, 148 περὶ θεῶν μηδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἀπιστεῖν ‘concerning the gods nothing is so marvelous that it should occasion unbelief’). τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ J 2:22. Cp. 4:50; 5:47ab. τοῖς γεγραμμένοις Ac 24:14 (Diod S 16, 52, 7 πιστεύσαντες τοῖς γεγραμμένοις). τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cl 11:1 (Diod S 1, 53, 10 τῇ τοῦ προρρήσει πιστεύειν; 19, 90, 3). τῷ ψεύδει, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 2 Th 2:11, 12. τῇ καταλαλιᾷ Hm 2:2. τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν (Is 53:1; cp. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 14 π. ἀκοῇ πρεσβυτέρων) J 12:38; Ro 10:16; 1 Cl 16:3. τοῖς ἔργοις J 10:38b (=their testimony); Hm 6, 2, 10a (that they are good and must be followed).—Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τῷ λόγῳ μου they believed my word Hm 3:3.

ε. w. prepositional expressions: εἰς Ro 4:18, if εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτόν here is dependent on ἐπίστευσεν. πιστεύειν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν believe in the witness 1J 5:10c. ὁ Χριστιανισμὸς οὐκ εἰς Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ἐπίστευσεν the Christian way of life/Christianity did not commit itself to the Judean way/Judaism (s. Hdb. ad loc.) I Mg 10:3a; cp. b (Χριστιανισμόν, εἰς ὸ̔ν πᾶσα γλῶσσα πιστεύσασα). On πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος s. 2aβ below. πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ believe in the gospel (so Ps 105:12 ἐπίστευσαν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. Rather in the sense ‘put one’s trust in’ Sir 32:21 μὴ πιστεύσῃς ἐν ὁδῷ ἀπροσκόπῳ. See B-D-F §187, 6; Rob. 540. ALoisy, Les Évangiles synopt. I 1907, 430; 434; comm.) Mk 1:15 (Hofmann understands it as ‘on the basis of’, Wohlenberg ‘bei’; Lohmeyer is undecided; Dssm. and Mlt. 67f ‘in the sphere of’; s. p. 235). ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ οὐ πιστεύω IPhld 8:2 (s. Bihlmeyer ad loc.).—ἐπί τινι: πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16).

ⓑ w. the pers. to whom one gives credence or whom one believes, in the dat. (Demosth. 18, 10; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 14 p. 1390a, 32; Polyb. 15, 26, 6 τοῖς εἰδόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν; Herodian 2, 1, 10; PHib 72, 18; POxy 898, 29; PTebt 418, 15; Ex 4:1, 5; 3 Km 10:7; 2 Ch 32:15; Tob 2:14; Jer 47:14; JosAs 13:10; Philo, Praem. 49; Just., A I, 33, 5, D 7, 2 al.) τοῖς θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they did not believe those who saw him after he was raised from the dead Mk 16:14. Cp. Mt 21:25, 32abc; Mk 11:31; 16:13; Lk 20:5; J 5:46a; Ac 8:12; 26:27a (τ. προφήταις as Jos., Ant. 11, 96); 1J 4:1; Hm 6, 1, 2ab.—Also of Jesus and God whom one believes, in that one accepts their disclosures without doubt or contradiction: Jesus: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 5:38, 46b; 6:30; 8:45, 46; 10:37, 38a. God: J 5:24; Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6), 17 κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ (= κατέναντι θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστευσεν); Gal 3:6; Js 2:23; 1 Cl 10:6 (all three Gen 15:6). ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1J 5:10b. AcPl Ha 3, 7.

ⓒ w. pers. and thing added π. τινί τι believe someone with regard to someth. (X., Apol. 15 μηδὲ ταῦτα εἰκῇ πιστεύσητε τῷ θεῷ) Hm 6, 2, 6.—W. dat. of pers. and ὅτι foll. (ApcEsdr 4:35 p. 29, 12 Tdf.): πιστεύετέ μοι ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί J 14:11a. Cp. 4:21; Ac 27:25.

ⓓ abs. (in which case the context supplies the obj., etc.; cp. ParJer 7:19 γέγονε δὲ τοῦτο, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν) ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ• ἰδοὺ ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, μὴ πιστεύσητε do not believe (him or it [the statement]) Mt 24:23; cp. vs. 26; Mk 13:21; Lk 22:67; J 3:12ab; 10:25f; 12:47 v.l.; 14:29; 16:31; 19:35; 20:8, 25; cp. GJs 19:3. J 20:29ab πιστεύσαντες those who have nevertheless believed (it=the fact of the Resurrection); Ac 4:4; 26:27b; 1 Cor 11:18 πιστεύω I believe (it=that there are divisions among you); 15:11; Js 2:19b even the daemons believe this; Jd 5. Pass. καρδίᾳ πιστεύεται with (or in) the heart men believe (it=that Jesus was raised fr. the dead) Ro 10:10.

ⓔ believe = let oneself be influenced κατά τινος against someone Pol 6:1.

ⓕ πιστεύομαι I am believed, I enjoy confidence (X., An. 7, 6, 33; Diod S 5, 80, 4 τοῖς μάλιστα πιστευομένοις ἐπηκολουθήσαμεν; 17, 32, 1; 1 Km 27:12; Jos., Ant. 10, 114; PGM 12, 279 πιστευθήσῃ=you will be believed) of Eve παρθένος πιστεύεται people believe that she is a virgin Dg 12:8, or perh. a virgin is entrusted (to someone without fear). S. 3 below.

② to entrust oneself to an entity in complete confidence, believe (in), trust, w. implication of total commitment to the one who is trusted. In our lit. God and Christ are objects of this type of faith that relies on their power and nearness to help, in addition to being convinced that their revelations or disclosures are true. The obj. is

ⓐ given

α. in the dat. (cp. Soph., Philoct. 1374 θεοῖς πιστ.; X., Mem. 1, 1, 5; Ps.-Pla., Epinom. 980c πιστεύσας τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχου; Ptolem. Lagi [300 B.C.]: 138 Fgm. 8 Jac.; Maximus Tyr. 3, 8k τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι; Epict., app. E, 10 p. 488 Sch. θεῷ; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 18 πῶς Διονύσῳ πιστεύσω; how can I trust D.?; UPZ 144, 12 [164 B.C.] τ. θεοῖς; Jdth 14:10; Wsd 16:26; 4 Macc 7:21 al. in LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 πιστεύειν θεῷ, Rer. Div. Her. 92 μόνῳ θεῷ, Op. M. 45, Sacr. Abel. 70 τῷ σωτήρι θεῷ, Abr. 269, Mos. 1, 225, Virt. 216 [on faith in Philo s. Bousset, Rel.³ 446ff; EHatch, Essays in Biblical Gk. 1889, 83ff; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT⁴ 1927; EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1908, ²1925; HWindisch, Die Frömmigkeit Philos 1909, 23ff; HWolfson, Philo ’47 I, 143–56, esp. II, 215–18; WPeisker, D. Glaubensbegriff bei Philon, diss. ’36]; Jos., Ant. 2, 117; 333; 3, 309; 20, 48, Bell. 3, 387 [s. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d. Bericht des Jos. ’32, 104ff]; Just., A I, 18, 6 al.). Some of the passages referred to in 1b above, end, are repeated, since they may be classified here or there w. equal justification. Of God: π. τῷ θεῷ (Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 15) Ac 16:34; 13:12 D; Tit 3:8; PtK 4 p. 16, 2; B 16:7; Hm 12, 6, 2; Hs 5, 1, 5. Cp. m 1:2; AcPl Ha 10, 13f. τῷ κυρίῳ (Sir 11:21; 2:8) Hv 4, 2, 6. οἱ πιστεύσαντες τῷ κυρίῳ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 13, 5. τῷ θεῷ w. ὅτι foll. m 9:7; cp. Hs 1:7.—Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l. (for ἐπʼ αὐτόν); J 6:30 (σοί=vs. 29 εἰς ὸ̔ν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος); J 8:31 (αὐτῷ=vs. 30 εἰς αὐτόν, but see Mlt. 67f; JSwetnam argues for a plpf. sense here: Biblica 61, ’80, 106–9); Ac 5:14; 18:8a (both τῷ κυρίῳ); Ro 10:14b (οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν = τούτῳ [about equivalent to εἰς τοῦτον; cp. vs. 14a] οὗ οὐκ ἤκ.); 2 Ti 1:12; ITr 9:2; Hs 8, 3, 2.—Pass. be believed in (X., Cyr. 4, 2, 8; 6, 1, 39; Pla., Lach. 181b; Ps.-Demosth. 58, 44 al.; 1 Km 27:12; Just., D. 7, 3; Tat. 10, 2. S. B-D-F §312, 1; also s. Rob. 815f) ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Ti 3:16.—π. τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ υἱοῦ believe in the name of the Son, i.e. believe in the Son and accept what his name proclaims him to be 1J 3:23.

β. w. εἰς (cp. Hippol., Elench. 6, 19, 7 W. οἱ εἰς τὸν Σίμωνα καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην πεπιστευκότες; Just., D. 35, 8 al.) God (BGU 874, 11 π. εἰς τὸν θεόν): J 12:44b; 14:1a (cp. ET 21, 1910, 53–57; 68–70; 138f); 1 Pt 1:21 v.l.=Pol 2:1.—Christ: Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42; J 2:11; 3:15 v.l., 16, 18a, 36; 4:39; 6:29, 35, 40, 47 v.l.; 7:5, 31, 38f, 48; 8:30; 9:35f; 10:42; 11:25, 26a, 45, 48; 12:11, 36 (εἰς τὸ φῶς), 37, 42, 44a, 46; 14:1b, 12; 16:9; 17:20; Ac 10:43; 14:23; 18:8 D; 19:4; Ro 10:14a; Gal 2:16; Phil 1:29; 1 Pt 1:8; 1J 5:10a; AcPlCor 2:31; Hs 8, 3, 2.—εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ (or αὐτοῦ, etc.) J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18c; 1J 5:13 (s. ὄνομα 1dβ and s. 2aα above, end). π. εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ITr 2:1. π. εἰς τὸ αἷμα Χριστοῦ ISm 6:1.

γ. w. ἐπί and dat., of God Ac 11:17 D. Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 3:15 v.l.; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16); 1 Ti 1:16.

δ. w. ἐπί and acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 46, 1 al.) of God: Ac 16:34 D; Ro 4:5, 24; PtK 3 p. 15, 12. Of Christ: Mt 27:42; J 3:15 v.l.; Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19.

ε. π. ἔν τινι believe in someone (Jer 12:6; Da 6:24 Theod.; Ps 77:22) is questionable in our lit.: in J 3:15 the best rdg. is ἐν αὐτῷ and is prob. to be construed w. ἔχῃ (in J πιστεύω usually takes the prep. εἰς when expressing the obj. of belief, as in 3:16); in Eph 1:13 both occurrences of ἐν ᾧ are prob. to be construed w. ἐσφραγίσθητε (=‘in connection with whom you have been sealed’ [cp. 4:30]); the acts of hearing and believing are coordinate, and πιστεύσαντες, along w. ἀκούσαντες, is used abs. (so REB; less clearly NRSV). But s. 1aε above: π. ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ Mk 1:15; IPhld 8:2.

ⓑ not expressed at all (the abs. πιστεύειν in a transcendent sense: Aeschin., In Ctesiph. 1 ἐγὼ πεπιστευκὼς ἥκω πρῶτον τοῖς θεοῖς; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 17, 1391b, 1ff; Plut., Mor. 170f; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24 πιστεῦσαι δεῖ, ὅτι [=because] μόνη σωτηρία ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστροφή; Herm. Wr. 9, 10ab ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; cp. 1, 32 πιστεύω καὶ μαρτυρῶ=PapBerl 9795 [RReitzenstein, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, p. 161, 2]; Num 20:12; Ps 115:1; Is 7:9; Sir 2:13; 1 Macc 2:59; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 14; 101, Deus Imm. 4, Mut. Nom. 178; τότε πιστεύσεις θέλων καὶ μὴ θέλων Theoph. Ant. 1, 8 [p. 74, 7]) Mk 15:32; 16:16f; Lk 8:12f; J 1:7, 50; 3:15, 18b; 4:41f, 48, 53; 5:44; 6:36, 47, 64ab, perh. 69 (MEnslin, The Perf. Tense in the Fourth Gosp.: JBL 55, ’36, 121–31, esp. 128); 9:38; 10:26; 11:15, 40; 12:39; 20:31b; Ac 4:4; 8:13, 37a; 11:21; 13:12, 39, 48; 14:1; 15:5, 7; 17:12, 34; 18:8b, 27; 19:2; 21:25; Ro 1:16; 3:22; 4:11; 10:4; 13:11; 15:13; 1 Cor 1:21; 3:5; 15:2; Gal 3:22; Eph 1:13, 19; 1 Th 2:10, 13; Hb 4:3; 1 Pt 2:7; 1 Cl 12:7; 2 Cl 17:3; 20:2; B 9:3; B 11:11; ISm 3:2; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 17, 4; 9, 22, 3. τὸ πιστεύειν faith IMg 9:2. ἐν ἀγάπῃ πιστεύειν IPhld 9:2 (ἐν ἀγάπῃ is here used adv.).—Participles in the var. tenses are also used almost subst.: (οἱ) πιστεύοντες (the) believers, (the) Christians (Orig., C. Cels. 1, 13, 34; Did., Gen. 106, 6) Ac 2:44; Ro 3:22; 1 Cor 14:22ab (opp. οἱ ἄπιστοι); 1 Th 1:7; Hs 8, 3, 3. (οἱ) πιστεύσαντες (those) who made their commitment = (those) who became believers, (the) Christians, Ac 2:44 v.l.; 4:32; 2 Th 1:10a; 2 Cl 2:3; Hs 9, 19, 1. οἱ πεπιστευκότες those who became (and remained) believers Ac 19:18; 21:20 (Just., D. 122, 2).—οἱ μέλλοντες πιστεύειν future believers 1 Cl 42:4; Hm 4, 3, 3a. οἱ νῦν πιστεύσαντες those who have just come to believe ibid. 4, 3, 3b.

ⓒ A special kind of this faith is the confidence that God or Christ is in a position to help suppliants out of their distress, have confidence (some of the passages already mentioned might just as well be classified here) abs. ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι may it be done to you in accordance with the confidence you have Mt 8:13. ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε πιστεύοντες whatever you pray for with confidence 21:22. Cp. Mk 5:36; 9:23f; Lk 8:50; 2 Cor 4:13a (Ps 115:1), b. W. ὅτι foll.: πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; do you have confidence that I am able to do this? Mt 9:28.—Mk 11:23.

③ entrust τινί τι someth. to someone (X., Mem. 4, 4, 17; Plut., Mor. 519e; Athen. 8, 341a; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 25, 1; SIG² 845, 7, see for numerous other examples index VI p. 384b. Cp. Wsd 14:5; 1 Macc 8:16; 4 Macc 4:7; TestJob 11:11; Jos., Bell. 4, 492; Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 6) τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; Lk 16:11. αὐτῷ τοσούτων πιστευο̣μ̣έ̣ν̣ω̣ν̣ since so many (or so much) were ( was) entrusted to him AcPl Ha 7, 21 (connection uncertain). αὐτόν (so N. and Tdf.; v.l. ἑαυτόν) τινι trust oneself to someone (Brutus, Ep. 25; Plut., Mor. 181d ἀνδρὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαθῷ πιστεύσας ἑαυτὸν ἢ ὀχυρῷ τόπῳ=entrusting himself to a good man rather than to a stronghold; EpArist 270; Jos., Ant. 12, 396) J 2:24 (EStauffer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 281–99.—Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 39a οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσι φίλοις ἑαυτὸν ἐπίστευσεν=he did not trust himself to casual friends).—Pass. πιστεύομαί τι (B-D-F §159, 4) I am entrusted with someth. (Pla., Ep. 1, 309a; Polyb. 8, 17, 5; 31, 26, 7; Diod S 20, 19, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 136 §568 ἃ ἐπιστεύθην; ins; pap [e.g. PLond I, 121, 608 p. 203]; Jos., Bell. 5, 567, Vi. 137; Ath. 24, 3. Cp. Esth 8:12e.—Dssm., LO 320f [LAE 379]). ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:2. πεπίστευμαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Gal 2:7 (PGM 13, 140 ὁ ὑπό σου πάντα πιστευθείς; 446); cp. 1 Th 2:4; 1 Ti 1:11.—Tit 1:3. οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευμαι 1 Cor 9:17; cp. Dg 7:1. S. also 7:2; IMg 6:1; IPhld 9:1ab. πιστεύομαί τι παρά τινος I am entrusted by someone with someth. (Polyb. 3, 69, 1; Jos., Bell. 1, 667): οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον τοιοῦτο 1 Cl 43:1.

④ be confident about, a unique use found in ὸ̔ς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, someth. like the one is confident about eating anything Ro 14:2 (a combination of two ideas: ‘the pers. is so strong in the faith’ and: ‘the pers. is convinced that it is permissible to eat anything’; in brief: not cultically fussy. See Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but also B-D-F §397, 2). Another probability is the sense

⑤ think/consider (possible), in Ro 14:2 perh. holds everything possible; cp. J 9:18 οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they refused to entertain the possibility, and Ac 9:26. S. 4 above.—For lit. s. πίστις, end. DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW.

λέγω (Hom.+; on the mng. of the word ADebrunner, TW IV 71–73) impf. ἔλεγον (3 pl. ἔλεγαν s. B-D-F §82 app.; Mlt-H. 194; KBuresch, RhM 46, 1891, 224). Only pres. and impf. are in use; the other tenses are supplied by εἶπον (q.v., also B-D-F §101 p. 46; Mlt-H. 247), but the foll. pass. forms occur: fut. 3 sg. λεχθήσεται; aor. ptc. fem. sg. λεχθεῖσα (SyrBar 14:1), neut. pl. τὰ λεχθέντα (Jos. 24, 27; Esth 1:18; Papias, Just.), 3 sg. ἐλέχθη and pl. ἐλέχθησαν; pf. 3 sg. λέλεκται; plupf. ἐλέλεκτο; pf. ptc. λελεγμένος (all Just.; B-D-F §101) ‘say’ (beginning w. Hes. [Hom. uses the word in the senses ‘gather, collect’, as Il. 11, 755 al., and mid. ‘select’, as Il. 21, 27, and esp. of stories that one elects to ‘tell over’ or ‘recount’, as Od. 14, 197] and more freq. in Pind.; the usual word since the Attic writers; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.).

① to express oneself orally or in written form, utter in words, say, tell, give expression to, the gener. sense (not in Hom., for this εἶπον, ἐν[ν]έπω, et al.)

ⓐ w. an indication of what is said

α. in the acc. ταύτην τ. παραβολήν Lk 13:6. (τὴν) ἀλήθειαν (Teles p. 4, 14; TestAbr A 16 p. 97, 27 [Stone p. 42]) J 8:45f; Ro 9:1; 1 Ti 2:7. ἀληθῆ (cp. Herodian 4, 14, 4) J 19:35. παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν 16:29. τὶ καινότερον Ac 17:21 (w. ἀκούω as Pla., Prot. 310a; Dio Chrys. 3, 28; 4, 37). τί λέγουσιν what they say Mt 21:16; cp. Lk 18:6; 1 Cor 14:16. τί λέγω; what shall I say? Hb 11:32. ὸ̔ λέγει Lk 9:33; cp. 2 Ti 2:7; Phlm 21. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7; AcPlCor 1:9. ταῦτα (τοῦτο) λ. (Jos., Vi. 291) Lk 9:34; 11:45b; 13:17; J 2:22; τοιαῦτα λ. Hb 11:14. τὸ αὐτὸ λέγειν be in agreement (not only in words: Thu. 4, 20, 4; 5, 31, 6; Polyb. 2, 62, 4; 5, 104, 1; Jos., Ant. 18, 375; 378) 1 Cor 1:10.—Also τινί τι tell someone someth. παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς Lk 18:1. μυστήριον ὑμῖν 1 Cor 15:51. τ. ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν J 16:7. ὸ̔ λέγω ὑμῖν Mt 10:27. μηδενὶ λ. τοῦτο Lk 9:21. οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν they say nothing to him J 7:26. ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 2 Th 2:5.—τὶ πρός τινα (Pla, Gorg. 465a) παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 5:36; cp. 14:7; 20:9.—24:10; 11:53 v.l. W. double acc. ἀδύνατα ταῦτα εἴρηκας Hm 11:19.

β. by direct discourse or direct question foll., mostly abs. (extremely freq.) Mt 9:34; 12:44; Mk 3:30; Lk 5:39; J 1:29, 36; 1 Cor l2:3; Js 4:13. Also oft. introduced by recitative ὅτι Mt 9:18; Mk 1:15; 2:12; 3:21f; 5:28; 6:14f (on the textual problem s. FNeirynck, ETL 65, ’89, 110–18), 35; 7:20; Lk 1:24; 4:41; 17:10; 21:8 v.l.; J 6:14; 7:12; 8:33; Ac 2:13; 11:3 and oft.—καὶ ἔλεγεν Mk 4:21, 24, 26, 30 may = he used to say (so that they might memorize): WEssame, ET 77, ’66, 121.

γ. by indirect discourse or indirect question foll.; abs. Mt 21:27; Mk 11:33c; Lk 20:8.—Introduced by ὅτι (Diod S 11, 4, 3; 11, 6, 2; 14, 4, 3; Petosiris, Fgm. 14c; Jos., Bell. 4, 543) Lk 22:70; Ac 20:23.—In acc. w. inf. τίνα λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τ. υἱὸν τ. ἀνθρώπου; Mt 16:13; cp. vs. 15; Lk 9:20; 11:18; 23:2b; 24:23b; J 12:29a; Ac 4:32; 8:9; 17:7.—W. the inf. only Lk 24:23a; Js 2:14; 1J 2:6, 9.

ⓑ w. indication of the pers. or thing about which someth. is said, or that is meant by someth.

α. by a prep. περί τινος (Soph., Thu. et al.) οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔγνωσαν ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει the Pharisees perceived that he was talking about them Mt 21:45. λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ he said concerning him J 1:47; cp. 2:21; 11:13; 13:18, 22. εἴς τινα (Eur., Med. 453; X., Mem. 1, 5, 1) Ac 2:25; Eph 5:32. ἐπί τινα Hb 7:13. πρός τινα Lk 12:41; Hb 1:7.

β. by the acc. alone mean someone or someth. (Demosth. 18, 88; Diod S 15, 23, 5; Phalaris, Ep. 142, 1 ἣν λέγω; Ael. Aristid. 48, 35 K.=24 p. 474 D.: τὸν Φιλάδελφον λέγων; Aelian, NA 8, 3 ὸ̔ δὲ λέγω, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, VH 3, 36; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; 10, 2; 2 Macc 14:7; Jos., Ant. 6, 86; TestSol 4:6 D τὸν δύστηνον λέγω γέροντα; Just., D. 130, 2 μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, λέγω Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ …) τ. ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὸ̔ν λέγετε this man whom you mean Mk 14:71. ἔλεγεν τὸν Ἰούδαν J 6:71. συνείδησιν λέγω οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ I mean not your own conscience 1 Cor 10:29. τοῦτο δὲ λέγω but this is what I mean Gal 3:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:12a (Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 3, 12; 2, 11, 1 λέγω δέ … but I mean).—Mt 26:70; Mk 14:68; Lk 22:60. Cp. 4 end.

γ. w. an indication of the one to whom someth. is said (on the synoptics and Ac s. WLarfeld, Die ntl. Ev. 1925, 237f); mostly in dat. (Aeschyl., Ag. 103; Herodas 4, 42 σοί; POxy 413, 99; s. also 1aα above) Mt 8:7; Mk 2:8, 17f; Lk 3:7; 5:24; J 1:39, 41, 43 and oft.—πρός τινα (Epict. 2, 17, 34 πρὸς ἄλλους ἐρεῖς; TestSol 1:6 D λέγει Νάθαν πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον; ApcEsdr 6:16; s. also 1aα above) Mk 4:41; 16:3; Lk 4:21; 8:25 (λ. πρὸς ἀλλήλους as Jos., Ant. 2, 108; 9, 239); 9:23; 12:1; 16:1; J 2:3; 3:4; Ac 2:12; 28:4. μετά τινος: ἔλεγον μετʼ ἀλλήλων they said to each other J 11:56.

δ. in other (s. 1aα, 1bα, 1bγ) prep. uses ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (=ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ v.l.) σὺ τοῦτο λέγεις; do you say this of your own accord? J 18:34 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38] al.). εἴς τινα against someone Lk 22:65. τὶ περί τινος say someth. about or concerning someone J 1:22; Ac 8:34; Tit 2:8. λ. περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ὅτι say, with reference to the temple, that Lk 21:5. τί σὺ λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι; what have you to say about him, since? J 9:17b (λ. τι περί τινος, ὅτι as Jos., Bell. 7, 215). τινὶ περί τινος say to someone about someone w. direct discourse foll. Mt 11:7. Also πρός τινα περί τινος (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 279 πρὸς αὐτὸν περὶ Μωϋσέως) Lk 7:24. πρός τινα ἐπί τινος bring charges against someone before someone Ac 23:30 (λ. ἐπί τινος as Jos., Vi. 258). λ. περί (v.l. ὑπέρ) τινος say (someth.), speak in someone’s defense 26:1.

ε. in connection w. adverbs and adv. exprs.: Λυκαονιστὶ λ. say in (the) Lycaonian (language) Ac 14:11. καλῶς correctly (X., Mem. 2, 7, 11; 3, 3, 4; TestJob 7:8; EpArist 125; 196) J 8:48; 13:13. ὡσαύτως in the same way Mk 14:31. ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν truly, I tell you Lk 12:44; 21:3. κατὰ ἄνθρωπον (s. ἄνθρωπος 2b) Ro 3:5; Gal 3:15. κατὰ συγγνώμην, οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν (s. ἐπιταγή) 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. καθʼ ὑστέρησιν Phil 4:11.

ζ. w. emphasis on a certain kind of saying: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ in a loud voice Rv 5:12; 8:13 (cp. TestSol 16:1). Also ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 14:7; 9. ἄγγελος ἐν φωνῇ λέγων GJs 20:4 (pap, s. deStrycker p. 387f). Opp. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ (cp. Ps 13:1) 18:7. Also ἐν ἑαυτῷ (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 11 [Stone p. 62]; TestJob 23:8) Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 3:8; 7:39, 49; GJs 1:1,4; 3:1; 5:1; cp. 1:3 (codd.); 2:1 v.l.; 14:1 v.l.

η. in quotations fr. scripture (but s. also Epict. 1, 28, 4 ὡς λέγει Πλάτων with a quotation) Ἠσαί̈ας λέγει Isaiah says Ro 10:16, 20; 15:12. Μωϋσῆς λέγει 10:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει 11:9. ἡ γραφὴ λέγει (Just., D. 56, 17; cp. Paus. 2, 16, 4 τὰ ἔπη λέγει=the epic poets say) 4:3; 10:11; Gal 4:30; 1 Ti 5:18; Js 4:5; cp. 2:23; J 19:24; 2 Cl 14:2. In the case of the quot. formula λέγει without the subj. expressed, ἡ γραφή or ὁ θεός is easily understood (B-D-F §130, 3; Rob. 392.—On the omission of the subj. [Just., D. 101, 1 al.] cp. Epict. 1, 24, 12 λέγει σοι ‘θὲς κτλ.’=someone says to you ‘lay aside [this and that sign of prestige]’). It could prob. be translated indefinitely it says: Ro 15:10; 2 Cor 6:2; Gal 3:16; Eph 4:8; 5:14. ὁ θεός is obviously the subj. (Clearch., Fgm. 69c; Epict. 1, 1, 10 λέγει ὁ Ζεύς, followed by a divine revelation to Epictetus) Hb 5:6. λέγει ὁ κύριος 2 Cl 13:2; cp. Hb 8:8–10 (λέγει κύριος Am 5:27; Is 1:18; Jer 9:24; ParJer 6:16 al.). W. the passage more definitely indicated (schol. on Pind., O. 7, 66 ἐν τοῖς Μουσαίου λέγεται; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1179 Wendel v.l. ἐν τῇ γ´ τῆς Μουσαίου Τιτανογραφίας λέγεται ὡς) ἐν Ἠλίᾳ τί λέγει ἡ γραφή Ro 11:2 (Epict. 2, 17, 34 τί λέγει Χρύσιππος ἐν τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ψευδομένου). Δαυὶδ λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν Lk 20:42 (Epict. 2, 19, 14 Ἑλλάνικος λέγει ἐν τοῖς Αἰγυπτιακοῖς with quot.). ἐν τ. Ὡσηὲ λέγει Ro 9:25. λέγει ἐν τῷ Ἠσαί̈ᾳ 2 Cl 3:5 (Just., D. 123, 8); cp. ἐν Δαυίδ Hb 4:7. ὁ νόμος λέγει (cp. Pla., Crito 12, 50c; Epict. 3, 24, 43 τί γὰρ λέγει; [i.e. ὁ νόμος θεῖος]) 1 Cor 14:34. λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Hb 3:7 (Just., D. 124, 1). Of words of Jesus: λέγει ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 2 Cl 8:5. λέγει ὁ κύριος 5:2; 6:1. λέγει αὐτός (i.e. ὁ Χριστός 2:7) 3:2. λέγει 4:2.

θ. Hebraistic, though by no means limited to the OT (s. EKieckers, IndogF 35, 1915, 34ff; B-D-F §420; Mlt-H. 454), is the freq. use of λ. to introduce

א. direct discourse (like לֵאמֹר), even though it is preceded by a verb of saying, or one that includes the idea of saying. Esp. λέγων is so used, as in the LXX, e.g. after ἀναβοᾶν, ἀνακράζειν Mk 1:23 (cp. Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 3, 9 Jac. ἀνεκεκράγει λέγων), ἀπαγγέλλειν, ἀποκρίνεσθαι, ἀρνεῖσθαι, βοᾶν, γογγύζειν, διαγογγύζειν, διαλογίζεσθαι, διαμαρτύρεσθαι, διαστέλλεσθαι, διδάσκειν, δοξάζειν, εἰπεῖν Mt 22:1; Lk 12:16; 20:2 (s. B-D-F §101, p. 46; s. Rob. 882f; Kieckers, loc. cit. 36f), ἐμβριμᾶσθαι, ἐντέλλεσθαι, ἐπερωτᾶν, ἐπιτιμᾶν, ἐπιφωνεῖν, ἐρωτᾶν, κατηγορεῖν, κηρύσσειν, κράζειν, κραυγάζειν, λαλεῖν, μαρτυρεῖν, μεριμνᾶν, παραινεῖν, παρακαλεῖν, παρατιθέναι παραβολήν, προσεύχεσθαι, προσφωνεῖν, προφητεύειν, συζητεῖν, συλλαλεῖν, φωνεῖν, ψευδομαρτυρεῖν; s. these entries. Also after such verbs as denote an action accompanied by a statement of some kind: ἄγγελος κυρίου … ἐφάνη αὐτῷ λέγων appeared to him and said Mt 1:20; cp. 2:13; προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λ. fell before him and said 8:2; 9:18; cp. 14:33. ἅπτεσθαι 8:3; 9:29. ἔρχεσθαι Mk 5:35; Lk 18:3; 19:18 al.; cp. Lk 1:66; 5:8; 8:38; 15:9; Ac 8:10, 19; 12:7; 27:23f; 1 Cor 11:25 al.

ב. the content of a written document (2 Km 11:15; 4 Km 10:6.—1 Macc 8:31; 11:57; Jos., Ant. 11, 26) ἔγραψεν λέγων (=יִכְתֹּב לֵאמֹר) he wrote as follows Lk 1:63.

ג. orders or instructions to be carried out by other persons: ἔπεμψεν λέγων he sent and had them say Lk 7:19. ἀπέστειλεν λ. (Judg 11:14f; Jdth 3:1; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:21 al.) Mt 22:16; 27:19; Lk 7:20; 19:14; J 11:3. If the persons carrying out the orders are named, the ptc. can refer to them Mt 22:16 v.l.

ד. When it is used w. the ptc. λ. appears in its finite forms ἐμπαίζοντες ἔλεγον they mocked and said Mt 27:41. προσελθὼν αὐτῷ λέγει he approached him and said Mk 14:45. διαρρήξας … λέγει he tore his clothes as he said vs. 63; cp. vs. 67; 15:35; Lk 6:20; J 1:36; Hb 8:8a al.—Also pleonastically (TestSol 2:2; TestJob 23:4; cp. Homeric ἀμειβόμενος προσέειπε Il. 3, 437 al., προσηύδα 14, 270 al.) ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει he answered Mk 8:29b; 9:5, 19; 10:24; 11:22; Lk 3:11; 11:45; 13:8. κράξας λέγει he cried out Mk 5:7; 9:24 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 109, 29 [Stone p. 66] κράζων καὶ λέγων; ApcEsdr 1:2 κράξας λέγων).

ι. Now and then short exprs. with λ. are inserted as parentheses (B-D-F §465, 2; Rob. 434): πολλοί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητήσουσιν many, I tell you, will seek Lk 13:24. ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω 2 Cor 11:21b. ὡς τέκνοις λέγω 6:13.

κ. ptc. w. the article τὰ λεγόμενα what was said (EpArist 215, 298; TestSol 15:13; ApcEsdr 2:15; Jos., Ant. 3, 85; 207; Just., D. 46, 4; 115, 1) Lk 18:34. προσεῖχον τ. λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τ. Φιλίππου (προσέχω 2b) Ac 8:6 (προσέχ. τοῖς λεγ. as Jos., Ant. 13, 303; τὰ λ. ὑπό τινος as Bell. 7, 56; 423; Esth 3:3, also Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 24, p. 408, 19 ὑπὸ τῶν μάντεων; Fgm. 30 p. 417, 23 Jac.; Epict. 1, 18, 1; SIG 679, 87). τὰ ἢ λεχθέντα ἢ πραχθέντα (Ps.-Libanius, Charact. Ep. p. 48, 18; 64, 18; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 55) Papias (2:15) in Eus., HE 3, 39, 15 (=Geb., Harn., Zahn 15, p. 72, 17).

② to express oneself in a specific way, say

ⓐ ask w. direct question foll: Mt 9:14; 15:1; 18:1; Mk 5:30f. ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει the Master asks 14:14. W. dat. of pers. and a direct question foll.: Mt 9:28a; 15:34; 16:15; 20:6.

ⓑ answer (Lucian, Syr. Dea 18; TestSol 5:8 al.; ApcMos 5) Mt 17:25; Mk 8:24; J 1:21; 18:17b. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse: Mt 4:10; 8:26; 9:28b; 14:17; 15:33; 18:22; 19:7, 20 al. W. dat of pers. and direct discourse introduced by ὅτι Mt 19:8.

ⓒ order, command, direct, enjoin, recommend more or less emphatically (Syntipas p. 9, 4; Num 32:27; TestSol 4:7 D; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 21 [Stone p. 44]) τὶ someth. 2 Cl 6:4. ἃ λέγω Lk 6:46. τί τινι command someone (to do) someth. ὅ τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν J 2:5b (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 8 [Stone p. 10]); cp. Ac 21:23 (s. Num 32:31). ὅ ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, γρηγορεῖτε the order I give to you I give to everyone: be on your guard! Mk 13:37 (for the formal nuance cp. reff. at end of this parag.). Gener. w. dat. of pers. and direct discourse foll.: Mt 5:44; 6:25; 8:4, 9; 26:52; Mk 3:3, 5; 5:8; 6:10; Lk 6:27; 7:8; J 2:7f. W. dat. of pers. and inf. foll.: Rv 10:9; 13:14; w. an inf. and a negative forbid (X., An. 7, 1, 40) Mt 5:34, 39.—Here belongs χαίρειν τινὶ λέγειν (Epict. 3, 22, 64) extend a greeting to someone, since the greeting consists in saying χαῖρε=‘may you prosper’ 2J 10f. W. ἵνα foll. recommend that, tell to τῷ λαῷ λέγων … ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ I do not recommend that anyone should pray about that (sin) 1J 5:16. W. inf. foll.: Ro 2:22.—τάδε λέγει is the formal style of one who is giving an order (introductory formula for the edicts of the Persian kings [IMagnMai 115, 4]; in the OT a favorite method of introducing a prophetic statement [Thackeray p. 11]) Ac 21:11, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (s. Gerhard, Philol. 64, 1905, 27ff; Thieme 23; GRudberg, Eranos 11, 1911, 177f; LLafoscade, De epistulis imperatorum 1902, 63 and 77. Roman edicts gener. use the simple λέγει as in the praescriptio of SEG IX, 8 I, 1–3 αὐτοκράτωρ Καίσαρ Σεβαστὸς … λέγει; also by Augustus: Jos., Ant., 16, 162; s. MBenner, The Emperor Says ’75).

ⓓ assure, assert; w. direct discourse foll. Esp. in the formulas λέγω σοι, λ. ὑμῖν, ἀμὴν (ἀμὴν) λ. ὑμῖν (TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 19f [Stone p. 18]) Mt 11:22; 12:31; 19:24; 23:39; Mk 11:24; Lk 4:25; 7:9, 28; 9:27.—Mt 5:26; 6:2, 5; 8:10; Mk 3:28; 9:41; 10:15; Lk 4:24; 18:17, 29; 23:43; J 1:51; 3:3, 5, 11; 5:19, 24f; 6:26, 32 al.

ⓔ maintain, declare, proclaim as teaching, w. direct discourse foll.: Gal 4:1; 1J 2:4. Foll. by acc. and inf. (X., Symp. 5, 5) Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:41; 23:2b; Ro 15:8; 2 Ti 2:18. Foll. by ὅτι and direct discourse Mk 12:35b; 1 Cor 15:12. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse after ὅτι Mt 5:20, 22, 28, 32; 8:11 al. Someth. like interpret εἰς w. ref. to Eph 5:32.—σὺ λέγεις (that is what) you maintain Mt 27:11; Mk 15:2; Lk 23:3 (cp. σὺ εἶπας Mt 26:25 and s. εἶπον 1a). Cp. also Lk 22:70; J 18:37 (s. OMerlier, RevÉtGr 46, ’33, 204–19; Goodsp., Probs. 64–68 [strong affirmative, yes]; MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 506–10 [intentionally ambiguous, so you say, Tannaitic Parallels to the Gospels, ’51, 27–30]; DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’70/71, 213–26). τί λέγει ἡ γνῶσις; what does Gnosis teach about this? With the answer in direct discourse B 6:9 (cp. Epict. 3, 13, 11 καὶ τί λέγει [i.e., ὁ λόγος ὁ τῶν φιλοσόφων=philosophy]; direct discourse follows).

ⓕ of written communications (Hdt. 3, 40; 122; 8, 140; UPZ 68, 5 [152 B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 13, 80) 1 Cor 6:5; 7:6; 15:51; 2 Cor 6:13; 8:8; Gal 5:2; Phil 4:11; Col 2:4; Phlm 21, al. in Paul.

③ to inform about / tell of someth., speak, report (Diog. L. 1, 31) τινί to someone Mk 7:36. τὶ about someth. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 16 νῦν λέξομεν τὰς Κύρου πράξεις) τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ of his death (lit., departure) Lk 9:31. τὰ περὶ τ. βασιλείας Ac 1:3. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ λέγειν it is a disgrace even to speak of the things they do Eph 5:12 (Demosth. 10, 27 ὸ̔ … οὔτε λέγειν ἄξιον). τινὶ περί τινος bring a report about someone to someone Mk 1:30; 8:30. Likew. τινί τινα Phil 3:18.

④ to identify in a specific manner, call, name (Aeschyl. et al.) w. double acc. (Epict. 2, 19, 19 τί Στωικὸν ἔλεγες σεαυτόν; Diog. L. 8, 88 τὴν ἡδονὴν λέγειν τὸ ἀγαθόν=call pleasure the [real] good; 2 Macc 4:2; Just., D. 61, 1 ἀρχηστρατηγὸν ἑαυτὸν λέγει) τινά τι describe someone as someth. τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; why do you call me good? Mk 10:18; Lk 18:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον David calls him Lord Mk 12:37. πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν θεόν he called God his Father J 5:18. οὐκέτι λέγω ὑμᾶς δούλους I no longer call you slaves 15:15; cp. Ac 10:28; Rv 2:20. Pass. be called, named Mt 13:55; Hb 11:24. ὁ λεγόμενος the so-called (Epict. 4, 1, 51 οἱ βασιλεῖς λεγόμενοι; Socrat., Ep. 14, 7 ὁ λ. θάνατος) λεγόμενοι θεοί so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5 (Herm. Wr. 2, 14 the λεγόμενοι θεοί in contrast to μόνος ὁ θεός. Somewhat differently Jos., Ant. 12, 125 Ἀντίοχος ὁ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν θεὸς λεγόμενος). οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀκροβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λ. περιτομῆς those who are called ‘the uncircumcised’ (i.e. gentiles) by the so-called circumcision (i.e. Jews) Eph 2:11. ὁ λεγόμενος (B-D-F §412, 2; Rob. 1107; cp. BGU 1117, 9 [13 B.C.]; PRyl 133, 11; 137, 19; 2 Macc 12:17; 14:6; 3 Macc 1:3; TestAbr B 13 p. 118, 14 [Stone p. 84]; TestJob 46:5; 47:1; Just., A I, 22, 1, D. 32, 1) who is called … Mt 1:16; 27:17; whose surname is (Appian, Liby. 49 §213 Ἄννων ὁ μέγας λεγόμενος; Jos., Ant. 13, 370, Vi. 4) 10:2; Col 4:11; by name Mt 9:9; 26:3, 14; 27:16; Mk 15:7; Lk 22:47; J 9:11.—Of things: of the name of a star Rv 8:11. Of place-names (BGU 326, 19 [II A.D.]; 2 Macc 9:2; 12:21) Mt 2:23; 26:36; J 4:5; 11:54; 19:13; Ac 3:2; 6:9; Hb 9:3. Of the local, vernacular name λ. Ἑβραϊστί J 5:2 v.l.; 19:17b.—In the transl. of foreign words (which) means: ὅ ἐστιν κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος which means ‘Place of a Skull’ Mt 27:33b. Cp. also J 4:25; 11:16; 20:24; 21:2. Also ὸ̔ λέγεται 20:16. ὸ̔ λ. μεθερμηνευόμενον which, when translated, means 1:38. ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Ac 9:36.—Other exx. of the significance mean (Aeschyl. et al.) are Gal 4:1; 2 Cl 6:4; 8:6 Cp. 1bβ.—B. 1253f; 1257; 1277. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. S. λόγος, ῥῆμα, λαλέω.

παρακαλέω impf. παρεκάλουν; fut. παρακαλέσω LXX; 1 aor. παρεκάλεσα. Pass.: 1 fut. παρακληθήσομαι; 1 aor. παρεκλήθην; pf. παρακέκλημαι (Aeschyl., Hdt.+).

① to ask to come and be present where the speaker is, call to one’s side

ⓐ τινά w. inf. foll., to indicate the purpose of the call; so perh. παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν I have summoned you to see you Ac 28:20 (but s. 3 below).

ⓑ invite τινά someone w. inf. foll. (this can be supplied fr. context) παρεκάλει αὐτὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν οἶκον Lk 8:41. παρεκάλει αὐτόν (i.e. εἰσελθεῖν) 15:28 (but s. 5 below). παρεκάλεσεν τὸν Φίλιππον καθίσαι Ac 8:31 (cp. Jos., Ant. 12, 172). The content of the invitation follows in direct discourse 9:38; introduced by λέγουσα 16:15. Cp. ἀνὴρ Μακεδών τις ἦν παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων … βοήθησον ἡμῖν vs. 9. Pass., w. inf. foll. παρακληθέντες δειπνῆσαι when you are invited to dine Mt 20:28 D.—Some of the passages in 5 may fit here.

ⓒ summon to one’s aid, call upon for help (Hdt. et al.) so esp. of God, upon whom one calls in time of need (Thu. 1, 118, 3; Pla., Leg. 2, 666b; 11 p. 917b; X., Hell. 2, 4, 17; Epict. 3, 21, 12; Jos., Ant. 6, 25; SIG 1170, 30f in an account of a healing: περὶ τούτου παρεκάλεσα τὸν θεόν. POxy 1070, 8f [III A.D.] τὸν μέγαν θεὸν Σάραπιν παρακαλῶ περὶ τῆς ζωῆς ὑμῶν; cp. the restoration in the pap letter of Zoilus, servant of Sarapis, in Dssm., LO 121, 11 [LAE 153, 4; the letter, ln. 8: ἐμοῦ δ̣ὲ̣ π[α]ρ̣[ακαλέσαντος τὸν θεὸν Σάραπιν]) τινά: τὸν πατέρα μου Mt 26:53. ὑπὲρ τούτου τὸν κύριον παρεκάλεσα, ἵνα 2 Cor 12:8. θεὸς … παρακαλούμενος ἀκούει God heeds, when called upon AcPt Ox 849, 27.

② to urge strongly, appeal to, urge, exhort, encourage (X. et al.; LXX) w. acc. of pers. Ac 16:40; 2 Cor 10:1; 1 Th 2:12 (but s. 5 below); 5:11; Hb 3:13; ITr 12:2; IRo 7:2. The acc. is found in the immediate context Ac 20:1; 1 Ti 5:1 (but s. 5 below). Pass. 1 Cor 14:31. τινὰ λόγῳ πολλῷ someone with many words Ac 20:2; also τινὰ διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ 15:32. τινὰ διʼ ὀλίγων γραμμάτων IPol 7:3. W. acc. of pers. and direct discourse 1 Cor 4:16; 1 Th 5:14; Hb 13:22; 1 Pt 5:1; direct discourse introduced by λέγων (B-D-F §420) Ac 2:40. W. acc. of pers. and inf. foll. (SIG 695, 43 [129 B.C.]) 11:23; 27:33f; Ro 12:1 (EKäsemann, Gottesdienst im Alltag, ’60 [Beih. ZNW], 165–71); 15:30; 16:17; 2 Cor 2:8; 6:1; Eph 4:1; Phil 4:2; Tit 2:6; 1 Pt 2:11 (cp. Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36 II, 4 Jac. p. 1172, 19; ELohse, ZNW 45, ’54, 68–89); Jd 3 (the acc. is found in the immediate context, as Philo, Poster Cai. 138); ITr 6:1; IPhld 8:2; IPol 1:2a; Pol 9:1 al. W. inf. (acc. in the context), continued by καὶ ὅτι (s. B-D-F §397, 6; Rob. 1047) Ac 14:22. W. acc. of pers. and ἵνα foll. (PRyl 229, 17 [38 A.D.]; EpArist 318; Jos., Ant. 14, 168.—B-D-F §392, 1c; Rob. 1046) 1 Cor 1:10; 16:15f; 2 Cor 8:6; 1 Th 4:1 (π. w. ἐρωτάω as BGU 1141, 10; POxy 294, 29) 2 Th 3:12; Hm 12, 3, 2; AcPl Ha 7, 32. The ἵνα-clause expresses not the content of the appeal, as in the pass. referred to above, but its aim: πάντας παρακαλεῖν, ἵνα σῴζωνται IPol 1:2b.—Without acc. of pers.: w. direct discourse foll. ὡς τοῦ θεοῦ παρακαλοῦντος διʼ ἡμῶν• δεόμεθα since God as it were makes his appeal through us: ‘We beg’ 2 Cor 5:20. Paul serves as God’s agent (like a ‘legate of Caesar’ Dssm. LO 320 [LAE 374]) and functions as mediator (like Alexander the Great, Plut., Mor. 329c διαλλακτής; cp. also the mediatorial role of a judge IPriene 53, esp. 10f; s. also CBreytenbach, Versöhnung ’89, 64–66). W. inf. foll. 1 Ti 2:1. Abs. Ro 12:8 (mng. 4 is also poss.); 2 Ti 4:2; Tit 1:9; Hb 10:25; 1 Pt 5:12 (w. ἐπιμαρτυρεῖν); B 19:10.—W. acc. of thing impress upon someone, urge, exhort πολλὰ ἕτερα Lk 3:18. ταῦτα δίδασκε καὶ παρακάλει 1 Ti 6:2. ταῦτα λάλει καὶ παρακάλει καὶ ἔλεγχε Tit 2:15. In the case of several of the passages dealt with in this section, it is poss. that they could as well be classed under

③ to make a strong request for someth., request, implore, entreat (H. Gk.: Polyb., Diod S, Epict., Plut., ins, pap, LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 143; 11, 338) w. acc. of pers. Mt 8:5; 18:32; Mk 1:40; 2 Cor 12:18. πολλά implore urgently (4 Macc 10:1) Mk 5:23. τινὰ περί τινος someone concerning someone or for someone Phlm 10 (for the constr. w. περί cp. POxy 1070, 8). Acc. w. direct discourse foll. (s. BGU 846, 10 παρακαλῶ σαι [= σε], μήτηρ• διαλλάγηθί μοι; PGiss 12, 4; ParJer 1:4 al.), introduced w. λέγων: Mt 8:31; 18:29; Mk 5:12; Lk 7:4 (v.l. ἠρώτων). W. acc. of pers. and inf. foll. (PTebt 12, 21 [II B.C.]; 1 Macc 9:35; Jos., Ant. 6, 25) Mk 5:17; cp. Ac 19:31. Pass. Ac 28:14. W. acc. of pers. (easily supplied fr. the context, if not expressed) and ὅπως foll. (Plut., Demetr. 907 [38, 11]; SIG 563, 4; 577, 44f [200/199 B.C.]; UPZ 109, 9 [98 B.C.]; PFlor 303, 3; 4 Macc 4:11; Jos., Ant. 13, 76) Mt 8:34 (v.l. ἵνα); Ac 25:2; IEph 3:2. W. acc. of pers. and ἵνα foll. (Epict. 2, 7, 11; PRyl 229, 17; EpArist 318.—B-D-F §392, 1c; Rob. 1046) Mt 14:36; Mk 5:18; 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Lk 8:31f; 2 Cor 9:5. πολλά τινα, ἵνα beg someone earnestly to (cp. TestNapht 9:1) Mk 5:10; 1 Cor 16:12. W. acc. of pers. and μή w. subj. foll. IRo 4:1. W. acc. and inf. foll. Ac 24:4; pass. 13:42 (Just., D. 58, 1). Foll. by subst. inf. w. acc. (B-D-F §400, 7; 409, 5; Rob. 1068; 1085) 21:12. παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν I have requested to be permitted to see you 28:20 (but s. 1a above). Abs., but in such a way that the acc. is easily restored fr. the context Phlm 9 (ParJer 9:4; Just., D. 46, 2; 74, 2 [always παρακαλῶ ‘please’]; cp. New Docs 8 p. 24 ln. 7 [I B.C.]).

④ to instill someone with courage or cheer, comfort, encourage, cheer up (Plut., Otho 1074 [16, 2]; Gen 37:35; Ps 118:50; Job 4:3) w. acc. of pers. (Sir 48:24; Jos., Bell. 1, 667; TestReub 4:4) 2 Cor 1:4b; 7:6a; 1 Cl 59:4; B 14:9 (Is 61:2); Hm 8:10. παρακαλεῖν τινα ἔν τινι comfort someone with someth. 2 Cor 7:6b. π. τινα ἐπί τινι comfort someone w. regard to someth. 1:4a. π. τινα ὑπέρ τινος encourage someone in someth. 1 Th 3:2. παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους ἐν τοῖς λόγοις τούτοις comfort one another w. these words 4:18.—Pass. be comforted, receive comfort through words, or a favorable change in the situation Mt 5:4; Lk 16:25; Ac 20:12; 2 Cor 1:6; 7:13; 13:11; let oneself be comforted Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15 v.l.). παρεκλήθημεν ἐφʼ ὑμῖν we have been comforted concerning you 1 Th 3:7. ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφʼ ὑμῖν 2 Cor 7:7. διά τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἧς (on attraction, for ᾗ, s. B-D-F §294, 2; Rob. 716) παρακαλούμεθα αὐτοί by the comfort with which we ourselves are comforted 1:4c.—W. acc. of thing τὰς καρδίας Eph 6:22; Col 4:8; 2 Th 2:17; pass. Col 2:2.—Abs. 2 Cor 2:7; Ro 12:8 (but s. 2 above). παρακαλεῖν ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ encourage (others) with the teaching Tit 1:9.—ἐλθόντες παραεκάλεσαν αὐτούς (the officials) came and reassured them Ac 16:39 (s. 5 below).

⑤ In several places παρ. appears to mean simply treat someone in an inviting or congenial manner, someth. like our ‘be open to the other, have an open door’: invite in, conciliate, be friendly to or speak to in a friendly manner (cp. 2 Macc 13:23; Ar. 15, 5 [χριστιανοὶ] τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας αὐτοὺς παρακαλοῦσιν) Lk 15:28 (but s. 1b: the father tries repeatedly [impf.] to get the son to join the party); Ac 16:39 (the officials are conciliatory, but ‘apologize to’ may be overinterpretation; s. 4); 1 Cor 4:13 (somewhat like our ‘keep the door open’); 1 Th 2:12; 1 Ti 5:1. These last three pass. may also fit in 1b.—CBjerkelund, Parakalō ’67.—M-M. EDNT. TW.

πείθω (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, EpArist, Philo, Joseph., Test12Patr) impf. ἔπειθον; fut. πείσω; 1 aor. ἔπεισα, impv. πεῖσον; 1 pf. 3 sg. πέπεικε(ν) (Just., D. 53, 5; 58, 2); 2 pf. πέποιθα; plpf. ἐπεποίθειν Lk 11:22 and ἐπεποίθησα Job 31:24 (cp. Judg 9:26 A; Zech 3:3). Mid. and pass. impf. ἐπειθόμην. Pass.: 1 fut. πεισθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐπείσθην; pf. πέπεισμαι; plpf. 1 pl. (ἐ)πεπείσμεθα (Ath. 31, 2).

① act., except for 2 perf. and plpf.: to cause to come to a particular point of view or course of action.

ⓐ convince w. acc. of pers. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 45 al.) ISm 5:1. ἔπειθεν Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας he tried to convince Jews and Gentiles Ac 18:4. πείθων αὐτοὺς περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ trying to convince them about Jesus 28:23 (π. τινὰ περί τινος as Jos., C. Ap. 2, 153). Without acc. πείθων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας 19:8 v.l. With acc. of thing τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 28:23 v.l. and τῆς βασιλείας 19:8 (on acc. of thing cp. Hdt. 1, 163; Pla., Apol. 27, 37a). Abs. (Jos., Vi. 19) πείθων, οὐ βιαζόμενος convincing, not compelling Dg 7:4.—Also of convincing someone of the correctness of the objectionable teachings, almost= mislead (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 1, 22) Ac 19:26. τινά τινι someone with someth. Hs 8, 6, 5.

ⓑ persuade, appeal to, also in an unfavorable sense cajole, mislead (so TestDan 1:8; ApcMos 21; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 201) τινά someone ἀνθρώπους (Ael. Aristid. 34, 19 K.=50 p. 552 D.) 2 Cor 5:11; perh. also Gal 1:10 (but s. c below). Cp. MPol 3:1; 8:2, 3. τινά w. inf. foll. (X., An. 1, 3, 19; Polyb. 4, 64, 2; Diod S 12, 39, 2; 17, 15, 5; Herodian 2, 4, 2; Jos., Ant. 8, 256; Just., A II 2, 10, D. 112, 3; Tat. 21, 3) Ac 13:43; MPol 4; 5:1. ἔπειθεν (sc. αὐτὸν) ἀρνεῖσθαι he tried to induce him to deny 9:2. Perh. this is the place for the textually uncertain pass. Ac 26:28 ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι you lose no time trying to make me play the Christian (cp. the tr. in Beginn. IV 322, w. reff. to 3 Km 20:7 and patristic authors cited in Soph., Lex. s.v. ποιέω 3; s. also Lampe s.v. ποιέω C). Because of apparent misunderstanding of the idiom, this wording is simplified in a widespread v.l. in which ποιῆσαι is replaced with γενέσθαι in a short time you are persuading (or trying to persuade) me to become a Christian (cp. Jos., Vi. 151 πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐπείθοντο=‘they were nearly persuaded’), prob. meant ironically. Bauer considered it prob. that the rdg. of the text be understood as a combination of the two expressions ‘in a short time you are persuading me to become a Christian’ and ‘in a short time you will make me a Christian’, so that the sense is someth. like you are in a hurry to persuade me and make a Christian of me (so Goodsp, Probs. 137f [but it is not clear whether “make” here is to be understood in the sense ‘play the part of’]. S. the lit. s.v. ὀλίγος 2bβ and under 3a below, also AFridrichsen, SymbOsl 14, ’35, 49–52, ConNeot 3, ’39, 13–16 [w. ref. to X., Mem. 1, 2, 49; cp. PBenoit, RB 53, ’46, 303]; DHesseling, Neophilol 20, ’37, 129–34; JHarry, ATR 28, ’46, 135 f; EHaenchen ad loc.). Instead of the inf. we have ἵνα (Plut., Mor. 181a πείθωμεν ἵνα μείνῃ) Mt 27:20 (B-D-F §392, 1e; Rob. 993).

ⓒ win over, strive to please (X., Cyr. 6, 1, 34; 2 Macc 4:45) Ac 12:20. τοὺς ὄχλους 14:19. So perh. also Gal 1:10 (s. b above.—π. τὸν θεόν=persuade God: Jos., Ant. 4, 123; 8, 256; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 64).—BDodd, NTS 42, ’96, 90–104.

ⓓ conciliate, pacify, set at ease/rest (Hom. et al.) τὸν δῆμον (cp. X., Hell. 1, 7, 7 τοιαῦτα λέγοντες ἔπειθον τὸν δῆμον) MPol 10:2. τὴν καρδίαν (v.l. τὰ καρδία) ἡμῶν 1J 3:19 (but the text is not in good order). Conciliate, satisfy Mt 28:14 (unless π. ἀργυρίῳ bribe is meant: schol. on Pla. 18b; 2 Macc 10:20; Jos., Ant. 14, 281; 490).

② The 2 pf. (w. plpf.) has pres. mng. (B-D-F §341; Rob. 881), to be so convinced that one puts confidence in someth.

ⓐ depend on, trust in w. dat. of pers. or thing (Hom. et al.; 4 Km 18:20; Pr 14:16; 28:26; Sir 32:24; Wsd 14:29; Is 28:17) τίνι θεῷ (in) which God Dg 1 (here πέπ. w. dat. almost = believe in, a sense which πέπ. also approximates in the LXX; cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 122). τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου Phil 1:14. τῇ ὑπακοῆ σου Phlm 21. ἐπί τινι (in) someone or someth. (PSI 646, 3 ἐπὶ σοὶ πεποιθώς; LXX; SibOr 3, 545; Syntipas p. 52, 5; Just., D. 8, 2) Mt 27:43 v.l.; Mk 10:24 v.l.; Lk 11:22; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (Is 8:17); B 9:4; ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι 1 Cl 57:7; w. ὅτι foll. (Syntipas p. 32, 6; 35, 7) Lk 18:9. ἐπί τινα (Ps 117:8; Acta Christophori [ed. HUsener 1886] 68, 10) Mt 27:43; 1 Cl 60:1, cp. 58:1; Hm 9:6; Hs 9, 18, 5; w. ὅτι foll. 2 Cor 2:3; 2 Th 3:4. ἔν τινι (Jdth 2:5) (in) someone or someth. Phil 3:3f; w. ὅτι foll. 2:24. εἴς τινα (Wsd 16:24 v.l.) w. ὅτι foll. Gal 5:10.

ⓑ be convinced, be sure, certain foll. by acc. and inf. Ro 2:19. W. ὅτι foll. Hb 13:18 v.l. πεποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅτι being sure of this very thing, that Phil 1:6. τοῦτο πεποιθὼς οἶδα ὅτι convinced of this, I know that 1:25. εἴ τις πέποιθεν ἑαυτῷ Χριστοῦ εἶναι if anyone is convinced within of belonging to Christ 2 Cor 10:7 (cp. BGU 1141, 17 [14 B.C.] πέποιθα γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ).

③ pass. and mid., except for the pf.: to be won over as the result of persuasion.

ⓐ be persuaded, believe abs. (Pr 26:25) Lk 16:31; Ac 17:4; Hb 11:13 v.l. μὴ πειθομένου αὐτοῦ since he would not be persuaded Ac 21:14. πεισθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ Νάβαλ AcPl Ha 6, 23. W. dat. of the thing by which one is persuaded (opp. ἀπιστεῖν; τοῖς γραώδεσι μύθοις Iren. 1, 16, 3 [Harv. I 162, 8]) τοῖς λεγομένοις (Hdt. 2, 146, 1; Jos., Bell. 7, 415) Ac 28:24. πείθομαι I believe w. ὅτι foll. Hb 13:18; Hs 8, 11, 2. Ac 26:28 v.l. (s. 1b above), construed w. inf. ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθῃ Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι in too short a time you believe you are making a Christian of me (so Bachmann, Blass). οὐ πείθομαι w. acc. and inf. I cannot believe Ac 26:26.

ⓑ obey, follow w. dat. of pers. or thing (Hom. et al.; Diod S 4, 31, 5 τῷ χρησμῷ=the oracle; Maximus Tyr. 23, 2d τῷ θεῷ; 36, 6g τ. νόμῳ τοῦ Διός; Appian, Iber. 19 §73 θεῶ; pap; 4 Macc 10:13; 15:10; 18:1; Just., D. 9, 1; Mel., P. 93, 705; π. θεῷ Did., Gen. 225, 17; τῇ ἀδικίᾳ Theoph. Ant. 1, 14 [p. 92, 5]) Ro 2:8 (opp. ἀπειθεῖν, as Himerius, Or. 69 [=Or. 22], 7); Gal 3:1 v.l.; 5:7; Hb 13:17; Js 3:3; 2 Cl 17:5; Dg 5:10; IRo 7:2ab; Hm 12, 3, 3.

ⓒ Some passages stand betw. a and b and permit either transl., w. dat. be persuaded by someone, take someone’s advice or obey, follow someone Ac 5:36f, 39; 23:21; 27:11 (objection of a passenger, to which the crew paid no attention and suffered harm as a result: Chion, Ep. 4, 1 οἳ δʼ οὐκ ἐπείθοντο. Of relation between heretical leaders and their adherents Iren. 3, 12, 5 [Harv. II 58, 10]).

④ perf. pass. πέπεισμαι to attain certainty in ref. to something, be convinced, certain (Pla.+; pap, LXX) πεπεισμένος τοῦτο convinced of this B 1:4. πέπεισμαί τι περί τινος be convinced of someth. concerning someone Hb 6:9. περί τινος be sure of a thing IPol 2:3. Foll. by acc. and inf. (Diod S 12, 20, 2 πεπεῖσθαι θεοὺς εἶναι; PPetr II, 11, 4 [III B.C.]; EpArist 5; Just., D. 58, 2; Mel., HE 4, 26, 11; Ath. 36, 1f) Lk 20:6. W. περί τινος and acc. w. inf.: περὶ ὧν πέπεισμαι ὑμᾶς οὕτως ἔχειν concerning this I am certain that it is so with you ITr 3:2. W. ὅτι foll. (X., Oec. 15, 8; Just., D. 65, 2; Tat., 20, 2) Ro 8:38; 14:14 (w. οἶδα); 2 Ti 1:5, 12 (cp. w. ὡ foll. Did., Gen. 131, 8); Pol 9:2. πέπεισμαι περὶ ὑμῶν ὅτι Ro 15:14.—B. 1206; 1339. DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq.

φρονέω (s. φρήν) impf. ἐφρόνουν; fut. φρονήσω; 1 aor. ἐφρόνησα; pf. 1 pl. πεφρονήκαμεν (Ath. 10, 1) (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX; TestJob 48:2; EpArist 236; Philo, Joseph., Ar., Just., Ath.)

① to have an opinion with regard to someth., think, form/hold an opinion, judge ἐφρόνουν ὡς νήπιος I thought like a child 1 Cor 13:11 (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 868a νηπίου ὄντος καὶ νήπια φρονοῦντος). καθὼς φρονοῦσιν as their opinion is ISm 2. καλῶς καὶ ἀληθῶς φρονεῖς your judgment is right and true Hm 3:4 (εὖ φρ. Hippol., Ref. 10, 32, 4). ταῦτα φρονεῖν 9:12. ἃ φρονεῖς the views that you hold Ac 28:22 (Just., D. 80, 2 ἕτερα λέγειν παρʼ ἃ φρονῶ). πολλὰ φρονῶ ἐν θεῷ many thoughts are mine when I take God’s view of things (so Kleist) ITr 4:1. φρονεῖν τι ὑπέρ τινος think or feel in a certain way about someone Phil 1:7. ὑπέρ τινος φρ. think of someone in the sense be concerned about him 4:10a; cp. 10b. φρ. περί τινος think of or about someone (Wsd 14:30; Just., D. 3, 7; Ath. 24, 1; περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 15]) 2:1a. φρ. τι περί τινος think someth. concerning someone (Isocr. 3, 60; Polyaenus 5, 2, 13; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 20, 5; Jos., Ant. 12, 125, C. Ap. 2, 168; Ar. 8, 1; Just., D. 48, 1) ISm 5:2. φρ. μικρὰ περί τινος think little of someone 2 Cl 1:2 (Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 256 φρ. περὶ μοναρχίας τὰ ἄριστα); cp. 1:1b. On ἵνα ἀδελφὸς ἰδὼν ἀδελφὴν οὐδὲν φρονῇ περὶ αὐτῆς θηλυκόν 12:5a s. θηλυκός; cp. 12:5b. θεὸν δεσπότην φρ. think of God as Master Dg 3:2 (s. φρονίμως). οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρ. think nothing different, not take a different view Gal 5:10 (Hdt. 7, 205, 3 ἄλλα φρ.; Jos., Bell. 5, 326 φρ. οὐδὲν ὑγιές). τοῦτο φρ. Phil 3:15a; τὶ ἑτέρως φρ. think of or regard someth. differently 15b; τὸ αὐτὸ φρ. think the same thing, i.e. be in agreement, live in harmony (Hdt. 1, 60, 2; Dio Chrys. 17 [34], 20; Just., D. 65, 2 τὸ αὐτὸ φρ…. ἐμοί; OGI 669, 36.—Opp.: ἀνόμοια φρ. Iren. 1, Pr. 2 [Harv. I 4, 5f]) 2 Cor 13:11; Phil 2:2a; 3:16 v.l.; 4:2; 2 Cl 17:3. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις Ro 15:5; εἰς ἀλλήλους 12:16a. Also τὰ αὐτὰ φρ. (Hdt. 5, 72, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 65 §295 τὰ αὐτὰ ἐφρόνουν) Hs 9, 13, 7. τὸ ἓν φρ. Phil 2:2b.— Cherish thoughts μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρʼ ὸ̔ δεῖ φρονεῖν not to think more of oneself than one ought to think Ro 12:3a. Cp. 1 Cor 4:6 v.l. (cp. Diod S 27, 6, 2 τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον φρονοῦντας). ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν be proud Ro 11:20; 1 Ti 6:17 v.l.

② to give careful consideration to someth., set one’s mind on, be intent on, foll. by the acc. (Brutus, Ep. 14 τὰ σὰ φρ.)

ⓐ gener. ἀγαθὰ φρ. Hm 10, 3, 1. τὸ καλὸν φρ. Hs 5, 2, 7. τέλεια ISm 11:3. τὰ ὑψηλά Ro 12:16b (cp. 2 Macc 9:12). τὰ ἐπίγεια (Did., Gen. 50, 27; Theoph. Ant. 2, 17 [p. 142, 6]) Phil 3:19. τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Col 3:2 (opp. τὰ ἄνω; TestJob 48:2 τὰ τῆς γῆς φρ.).

ⓑ φρ. τά τινος take someone’s side, espouse someone’s cause (Diod S 13, 48, 4 and 7 ἐφρόνουν τὰ Λακεδαιμονίων; 13, 72, 1; 14, 32, 4; 20, 35, 2 and oft.; Appian, Liby. 70 §316, Bell. Civ. 3, 85, §351; Polyaenus 8, 14, 3 τὰ Ῥωμαίων φρ., cp. HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 56; Herodian 8, 6, 6; 1 Macc 10:20; Jos., Ant. 14, 450 οἱ τὰ Ἡρῴδου φρονοῦντες). τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ (opp. τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων) Mt 16:23; Mk 8:33. τὰ τῆς σαρκός (opp. τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος) Ro 8:5.

ⓒ of acknowledging the importance of someth. ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν κυρίῳ φρονεῖ the one who is intent on the day (i.e. a particular day rather than others) in honor of the Lord Ro 14:6. φρ. εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 12:3b.

③ to develop an attitude based on careful thought, be minded/disposed τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν ὸ̔ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ let the same kind of thinking dominate you as dominated Christ Jesus Phil 2:5 (Christ went so far as to devoid himself of his divine status for the benefit of humanity; the opp. of φρονεῖν μέγα, ‘to think presumptuously’, s. Reader, Polemo 216f on the theme of hybris). Or, have the same thoughts among yourselves as you have in your communion with Christ Jesus (so CDodd, The Apost. Preaching ’37, 106f).—B. 1198. DELG s.v. φρήν II. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).

① a communication whereby the mind finds expression, word

ⓐ of utterance, chiefly oral.

α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl³ μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).

β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).

γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).

δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.

ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).

ⓑ of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.

② computation, reckoning

ⓐ a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.

ⓑ settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.

ⓒ reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.

ⓓ reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).

ⓔ πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.

ⓕ In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).

③ the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG³ I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT⁴ ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 2⁴ 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (² ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.³ 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos² 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW.

ἐμφανίζω fut. ἐμφανίσω; 1 aor. ἐνεφάνισα; 1 aor. pass. ἐνεφανίσθην (s. ἐμφαίνω; Eur., Pla., X., et. al.; ins, pap, LXX, En; TestSol 3:7; TestAbr B 4 p. 109, 1 [Stone p. 66]; Philo, Joseph.) ‘make apparent’

① to lay open to view, make visible ἐ. σεαυτόν τινι J 14:22 (cp. Ex 33:13, [18] ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτόν). Pass. w. act. sense become visible, appear τινί to someone (Diog. L., Prooem. 7 αὐτοῖς θεοὺς ἐμφανίζεσθαι λέγοντες; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 101; Jos., Bell. 6, 47, Ant. 1, 223; Wsd 17:4; τοῖς μὴ ἀπιστοῦσιν αὐτῷ Did., Gen. 248, 19) πολλοῖς Mt 27:53. σοί Hv 3, 1, 2; cp. 3, 10, 2. τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ before God’s face (of Christ’s appearance before God in heaven) Hb 9:24.

② to provide information, make clear, explain, inform, make a report (Hippol., Ref. 8, 9, 8) esp. of an official report to the authorities (as PMagd 11, 9 [= PEnteux 27, 9; 221 B.C.]; UPZ 42, 18 [162 B.C.]; PEleph 8, 3; 2 Macc 11:29) τὶ πρός τινα someth. to someone: inform Ac 23:22; w. ὅτι foll. (X., Cyr. 8, 1, 26) make clear Hb 11:14.—τινί w. ὅπως foll. 23:15 (cp. PSI 442, 23 [III B.C.] ταῦτα δὲ ἐνεφάνισά σοι, ὅπως ἂν μηδείς σε παρακρούηται). Fig. extension: of matters that transcend physical sight or mere verbal statement reveal, make known (cp. Wsd 1:2; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 27) ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν I will reveal myself to that person J 14:21.

③ to convey a formal report about a judicial matter, present evidence, bring charges τινί τι (X., Mem. 4, 3, 4; Diod S 14, 11, 2; Esth 2:22; Jos., Ant. 4, 43) GPt 11:43. ἐ. τινὶ κατά τινος bring formal charges against someone (Jos., Ant. 10, 166) Ac 24:1; 25:2; ἐ. περί τινος concerning someone 25:15 (cp. PHib 72, 4 [III B.C.]; PSI 400, 2; 2 Macc 3:7; En 22:12; Jos., Ant. 14, 226).—DELG s.v. φαίνω B. M-M. TW.

καυχάομαι (s. two next entries; Pind., Hdt.+) mid. dep.; 2 sing. καυχᾶσαι Ro 2:17, 23; 1 Cor 4:7 (s. Mayser 328; JWackernagel, TLZ 33, 1908, 639; Thackeray 218; Mlt-H. 198); fut. καυχήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκαυχησάμην; pf. κεκαύχημαι. In our lit. restricted to Paul, except for two pass. each in Js and Ign., and one in 1 Cl (a quot. fr. the OT).

① to take pride in someth., boast, glory, pride oneself, brag, intr. (Sappho, Fgm. 26, 10 D.²) ἔν τινι in or about a person or thing (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 976 οἱ καυχώμενοι ἐν ἑτέρων διαβολαῖς; LXX; TestJud 13:2; ἐν τοῖς θεοῖς Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 6].—B-D-F §196; s. Rob. 532) ἐν θεῷ Ro 2:17. ἐν τῷ θεῷ 5:11. ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 1:31b; 2 Cor 10:17b; 1 Cl 13:1 (cp. on the three Jer 9:23). ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Phil 3:3. ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 Cor 3:21.—ἐν νόμῳ (cp. Sir 39:8) Ro 2:23; in afflictions 5:3; in the work of others 2 Cor 10:15; in weaknesses 12:9; in high position Js 1:9; in wisdom, etc. 1 Cl 13:1 (Jer 9:22f). ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκί Gal 6:13. ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ vs. 14. ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ κ., opp. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ pride oneself on externals … on the heart 2 Cor 5:12. ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 11:12. On 2 Th 1:4 v.l. see ἐγκαυχάομαι.—The ἐν is to be taken somewhat differently Js 4:16 (s. ἀλαζονεία).—εἴς τι boast with regard to someth. 2 Cor 10:16. Differently εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα κ. boast beyond limit (s. ἄμετρος) vss. 13, 15.—ἐπί τινι based on someth., in someth. (Cratinus Com. [V B.C.] 95; Diod S 15, 6, 2 ἐπὶ τοῖς ποιήμασιν; 16, 70, 2; iambic poet in Ps.-Callisth. 2, 20, 11 ἐπὶ τέκνοισι; SIG 1268, 23 ἐπὶ ῥώμῃ; Ps 48:7) Ro 5:2 (JBover, Biblica 22, ’41, 41–45). ὑπέρ τινος on behalf of someone 2 Cor 12:5ab. κατά τι in accordance with someth. 2 Cor 11:18a.—ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ before God 1 Cor 1:29.—W. ὅτι foll. (Strabo 13, 1, 27) IPhld 6:3. (W. inf. TestJob 41:3; Just., D. 101, 1.)—Abs. (TestReub 3:5) 1 Cor 1:31a; 4:7; 2 Cor 10:17a; 11:18b, 30a; 12:1, 6, 11 v.l.; Eph 2:9; IPol 5:2.—1 Cor 13:3, a variety of witnesses have καυχήσωμαι (read by N. and defended e.g. by Harnack, SBBerlAk 1911, 139ff; Goodsp., Probs. 162–65; KClark, Studia Paulina [deZwaan Festschr.] ’53, 61f) instead of the v.l. καυθήσομαι, which is preferred by others (e.g., EPreuschen, ZNW 16, 1915, 127ff; JKElliott, ZNW 62, ’71, 297f; et al.).—S. καίω 2.

② to make a boast about someth., boast about, mention in order to boast of, be proud of, trans. τὶ someth. (Philemon Com. [IV–III B.C.], Fgm. 141 p. 521; Diod S 20, 63, 4) τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου boast about my weaknesses 2 Cor 11:30b (cp. Pr 27:1 κ. τὰ εἰς αὔριον). τὶ περί τινος 10:8. τί τινι ὑπέρ τινος say someth. boastingly (or in pride) to someone concerning someone 7:14; 9:2 (here a ὅτι-clause defines τὶ more closely). μικρόν τι 11:16.—For Gr-Rom. cultural background on Paul’s theme of boasting in 2 Cor s. Plut., Mor. 539–547 ‘On Inoffensive Self-Praise’; FDanker, Augsburg Comm. on the NT: II Cor ’89, esp. 147–214; idem, Paul’s Debt to Demosthenes’ ‘De Corona’, in Persuasive Artistry [GKennedy Festschr.], ed. DWatson, ’91, 262–80; JLambrecht, Dangerous Boasting, Paul’s Self-Commendation in 2 Cor 10–13, in RBieringer, ed., The Corinthian Correspondence ’96, 325–46.—JBosch, ‘Gloriarse’ según San Pablo, Sentido y teologia de καυχάομαι, ’70. BDowdy, The Meaning of καυχᾶσθαι in the NT, diss. Vanderbilt ’55.—B. 1281. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq.

παραμυθέομαι mid. dep. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap; TestJob; TestAsh 6:6 [s. Denis app.]; ParJer 7:26; 2 Macc 15:9; Jos., Bell. 1, 627, Ant. 6, 38; Ath., R. 12 p. 61, 19) console, cheer up τινά someone (Thu. 2, 44, 1 al.) 1 Th 2:12 (JChapa, NTS 40, ’94, 150–60). τοὺς ὀλιγοψύχους 5:14 (Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 7 consolation for Alexander when he was depressed).—Esp. in connection w. death or other tragic events console, comfort w. acc. of pers. (Thu. 2, 44, 1 al.; Plut., Mor. 104c; SIG 796b, 13; 39f; 889, 20; IG V/2 no. 517, 13.—KBuresch, Consolationum a Graecis Romanisque scriptarum historia critica: Leipz. Studien z. klass. Phil. 9, 1886; FDanker, Threnetic Penetration in Aeschylus and Sophocles, diss. Chicago, ’63) J 11:31. τινὰ περί τινος console someone concerning someone vs. 19.—PJoüon, RSR 28, ’38, 311–14. CClassen, WienerStud 107/8, ’94/95, 327f, notes the rhetorical usage of π. and link w. παρακαλεῖν in var. pass.—M-M. TW. Spicq. Sv.

σιωπάω impf. ἐσιώπων; fut. σιωπήσω; 1 aor. ἐσιώπησα; pf. 1 pl. σεσιωπήκαμεν Job 18:3; mid. fut. σιωπήσομαι LXX (Hom. et al.; pap, LXX; TestSol 6:11; TestJob, Test12Patr, ParJer, Philo; Jos., Vi. 195; 338; Mel., P. 25, 177; Ath. 21, 3) prim. ‘be silent’.

① to refrain from speaking or making a sound, keep silent, say nothing, make no sound Mt 26:63 (Maximus Tyr. 3, 7e, Socr. before a jury. On the subject-matter cp. Diog. L. 3, 19 Plato before the popular assembly on Aegina, on trial for his life: μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν φθέγξασθαι=did not say a single word; Eur. in Plut., Mor. 532f); Mk 3:4; 9:34; 14:61; Ac 18:9 (opp. λαλεῖν as PGM 5, 292; cp. Theophr., Charac. 7); IEph 15:1 (opp. λαλεῖν); IRo 2:1a; GPt 4:10. ς. περί τινος be silent concerning someone IEph 3:2. ς. ἀπό τινος be silent and leave someone alone IRo 2:1b.

② to disrupt the process of speaking or making a sound, stop speaking, be/become quiet

ⓐ of humans (Menand., Georg. 54; Plut., Mor. 434f; Herm. Wr. 1, 16; TestJos 9:4; Jos., Ant. 7, 378; Mel., P. 25, 177) Mt 20:31; Mk 10:48; Lk 18:39 v.l.; 19:40; MPol 7:3; GMary 463, 3— Be silent in the sense lose the ability to speak Lk 1:20.

ⓑ not of humans: of swine B 10:3 (opp. κραυγάζειν).—Metaph., of the wind and waves in a storm Mk 4:39 (cp. the imagery Theocr., Idyll 2, 38 σιγᾷ πόντος).—B. 1259. Schmidt, Syn. I 224. DELG. M-M. S. σιγάω.

ἐπιστέλλω (s. ἐπιστολή, στέλλω) 1 aor. ἐπέστειλα; pf. 2 sg. ἐπέστακλας 3 Km 5:22 cod. A to send someth. to, inform/instruct by letter also simply write (so Hdt. et al.; SIG 837, 14; pap, LXX) w. dat. of pers. (PFay 133, 12; Jos., Ant. 4, 13; 14, 52) διὰ βραχέων ἐπέστειλα ὑμῖν I have written to you briefly Hb 13:22 (cp. Herm. Wr. 14, 1 σοι διʼ ὀλίγων ἐ.). ἱκανῶς ἐ. τινὶ περί τινος sufficiently to someone about someth. 1 Cl 62:1 (cp. Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 12, 14; Jos., Ant. 12, 50). περί τινος (cp. UPZ 110, 185 [164 B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 18, 300) concerning someone Ac 21:25. τινὶ περί τινος (BGU 1081, 5) 1 Cl 47:3. W. subst. inf. foll. τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι to abstain Ac 15:20. Abs. 1 Cl 7:1.—M-M. TW.

προστάσσω fut. 3 sg. προστάξει Lev. 14:4 al.; 1 aor. προσέταξα; pf. προστέταχα LXX; plpf. 3 sg. προσετετάχει (Just., D. 21, 1). Pass.: 1 aor. προσετάχθην; 2 aor. προσετάγην; pf. προστέταγμαι, ptc. προστεταγμένος (s. πρόσταγμα; Aeschyl., Hdt.+) to issue an official directive or make a determination, command, order, give instructions, determine w. dat. of pers. Mt 1:24; 21:6 v.l. (for συνέταξεν); AcPl Ha 5, 36. W. acc. of thing order, prescribe someth. (Herodas 6, 2) Mt 8:4; Mk 1:44; PtK 4 p. 16, 5. πρ. τὰ περί τινος give orders concerning someone Hs 7:1. τινί τι pass. τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι Ac 10:33. τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν GMary Ox 3525, 27 (cp. OGI 664, 15 τὰ ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ προσταχθέντα; ParJer 6:9 τὰ προσταχθένται σου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων). τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν τόπος προστέτακται an office is assigned to the priests 1 Cl 40:5. Without the dat. ἵνα μὴ κατέξω τὰ [πρός]τεταγμένα so that I do not hinder what has been decreed for me AcPl Ha 7, 14. Foll. by the acc. and inf. (Eur., X.; PTebt 7, 1; 1 Esdr 8:10; 3 Macc 7:8; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 5 [Stone p. 60, 5]; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 130; Jos., Ant. 10, 213) Ac 10:48; 1 Cl 20:11. Pass., w. inf. foll. (Jos., Bell. 1, 488; Just., D. 19, 6; Tat. 4, 1) Hm 4, 1, 10. ποιεῖν τὰ προστασσόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους 1 Cl 54:2. Abs. καθὼς προσέταξεν (TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 2 [Stone p. 54]; cp. Gen 47:11; TestBenj 12:3 [ms. c, s. Charles]; Jos., Ant. 8, 267) Lk 5:14; Hs 7:5; cp. IPol 8:1. (οἱ) προστεταγμένοι καιροί (the) fixed times Ac 17:26; 1 Cl 40:4 (καιρός 2, end.—Jos., Ant. 3, 30 τὸ προστεταγμένον μέτρον).—M-M. TW.

ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)

① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near

ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P⁷⁵; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.

ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.

α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).

β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).

ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)

α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.

β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.

γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.

② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near

ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.

ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.

③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.

④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on

ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).

ⓑ w. acc.

α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.

β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P⁷⁵. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.

γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.

δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.

ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.

⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.

⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)

ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.

ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.

ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.

⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).

⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).

⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over

ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.

ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.

ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.

⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.

⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.

⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against

ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).

ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.

⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.

⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about

ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.

ⓑ w. acc.

α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.

β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).

⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.

⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.

⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.

⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for

ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.

ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).

ⓒ w. acc.

α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).

β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

περί (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc., in our lit. not w. dat. (B-D-F §203; Rob. 617; see the lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.) lit. ‘round about’

① w. the gen. to denote the object or pers. to which (whom) an activity or esp. inward process refers or relates, about, concerning

ⓐ after verbs that denote an oral or written expression or its reception, a mental action, knowing, thinking, recognizing, etc., about, concerning; s. the entries ἀκούω 1c and 3c, ἀναγγέλλω 2 end, ἀπαγγέλλω 1, ἀπολογέομαι, γνωρίζω 1, γογγύζω, γράφω 2c, δηλόω, διαβεβαιόομαι, διαλέγομαι 1, διδάσκω 2d, διηγέομαι, εἶπον 1a, ἐντέλλω, ἐπιστέλλω, κατηχέω, λαλέω 2aγ, λέγω 1bδ; λόγον αἰτεῖν, ἀποδιδόναι, διδόναι, ποιεῖσθαι (s. λόγος 2a); μαρτυρέω 1b, μνημονεύω 1c, ὁμιλέω, πυνθάνομαι, προκαταγγέλλω, προφητεύω, ὑπομιμνῄσκω, χρηματίζομαι; ἀγνοέω 1a, ἀπορέω, ἐπινοέω, ἐπίσταμαι 2, οἶδα 1h, πέπεισμαι (s. πείθω 4), πιστεύω 1aβ. Also used w. the substantives belonging to these verbs or verbs w. similar mngs.: ἀπολογία 2a, γογγυσμός; διήγησις, εὐαγγέλιον, ἦχος 2, πρόφασις, φήμη; s. these entries. γινώσκω J 7:17. συμφωνέω Mt 18:19. τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ; what do you think of the Christ? 22:42.

ⓑ after verbs that express considering, asking, examining, charging, judging, censuring, punishing, praising, etc., on account of, because of, for, concerning. S. the entries ἀποστοματίζω, ἀπορέω, διαπορέω, ἐγκαλέω, εἶδον (3: deliberate concerning), ἐκζητέω 1, ἐλέγχω 2 and 3, ἐξετάζω 1 and 2b, ἐπερωτάω 1a, ἐπιζητέω 1b, ἐρωτάω 1, ζητέω 2, κατηγορέω, παραμυθέομαι.—διαλογίζομαι Lk 3:15. κρίνω J 8:26. λιθάζω 10:33. θεὸν αἰνέω Lk 19:37. περὶ οὗ … οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἔφερον his accusers brought no charge of this kind Ac 25:18 (BWeiss, Preuschen take περὶ οὗ w. σταθέντες, which immediately follows it, and understand it to mean ‘around him’, ‘near him’ [περί τινος in this sense IG XIV, 2508, 4]).—S. also the entry ζήτημα.

ⓒ after verbs that denote emotion. S. the entries ἀγανακτέω, θαυμάζω 1aβ, καυχάομαι, σπλαγχνίζομαι.

ⓓ after verbs of caring (for). S. the entries μέλει 1b, μεριμνάω, προβλέπω.

ⓔ after other verbs and expressions, mostly with regard to, with reference to, in relation to, w. respect to εὐλογεῖν Hb 11:20. ἀναβαίνειν περὶ τοῦ ζητήματος go up about the question Ac 15:2. ἐντολὰς λαμβάνειν Col 4:10. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν 1 Cor 7:37 (s. ἐξουσία 1). περὶ πάντων εὐοδοῦσθαι be well off in all respects 3J 2 (περὶ π.=‘in all resp.’: Pla., Gorg. 23, 467d.—Others take it as ‘above all’; cp. Il. 1, 287; 21, 566).

ⓕ w. certain verbs and nouns such as ‘ask’, ‘pray’, ‘prayer’, etc., περί introduces the pers. or thing in whose interest the petition is made. Thus it takes the place of ὑπέρ (B-D-F §229, 1; Rob. 618; WSchulze, Zeitschr. für vergl. Sprachforschung 44, 1911, 359: Callim., Epigr. 55, 3.—SIG 1170, 30 περὶ τούτου παρεκάλεσα τὸν θεόν; POxy 1298, 4; 1494, 6; JosAs 28:5 ἐξιλάσομαι αὐτοὺς περὶ ὑμῶν; EpArist 273) for. S. the entries δέομαι b, δέησις, ἐρωτάω 2, παρακαλέω 3. προσεύχεσθαι (Gen 20:7; 1 Km 7:5; 2 Macc 1:6; 15:14) Lk 6:28; Col 1:3 (v.l. ὑπέρ); 4:3; 1 Th 5:25; 2 Th 1:11; 3:1; Hb 13:18. προσευχὴ γίνεται Ac 12:5. Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη περὶ ὑμῶν; 1 Cor 1:13 v.l. (for ὑπέρ). τὸ αἷμα τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον Mt 26:28 (cp. Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 730, 29 p. 415, 29 Jac. περὶ τῶν διαδόχων αὐτοῦ ἅπαν … παθεῖν). ἀγῶνα ἔχω περὶ ὑμῶν Col 2:1 v.l. (for ὑπέρ).

ⓖ when used w. ἁμαρτία the word ‘for’ has the sense to take away, to atone for περὶ ἁμαρτίας (Num 8:8) Ro 8:3 (difft. TThornton, JTS 22, ’71, 515–17). Ἰ. Χρ. τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν Gal 1:4 v.l. (for ὑπέρ; CBreytenbach, Versöhnung ’89, 197). περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἔπαθεν 1 Pt 3:18 (v.l. ἀπέθανεν). Cp. Hb 5:3c. προσφορὰ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 10:18. θυσία περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν vs. 26. εἰσφέρεται τὸ αἷμα περὶ ἁμαρτίας 13:11. τὸ περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας (i.e. προσφερόμενον) the sin-offering (Lev 6:23; 14:19) Hb 10:6, 8 (both Ps 39:7).

ⓗ περί τινος abs. at the beginning of a sentence concerning, with reference to (GrBar 8:6; Just., A I, 15, 1 al.; SIG 736, 1; PEleph 13, 4f; BGU 246, 13; 17; 1097, 5 [c. 50 A.D.]; 1095, 9 [57 A.D.]) περὶ ὧν (=περὶ τούτων ἃ) ἐγράψατε concerning the things you wrote (to me) 1 Cor 7:1 (s. γράφω 2c). Cp. 8:1; 16:1, 12. In other, seemingly similar, places it is to be connected w. the verb that follows: Mt 22:31; 24:36; Mk 12:26; 13:32; 1 Cor 7:25; 8:4; 12:1; 2 Cor 9:1; 1 Th 4:9; 5:1. (Cp. the formulation of answers by Claudius in PLond 1912; on Paul’s rhetorical use, cp. Demosth. 7, 1; 14; 18; 30; 39; MMitchell NovT 31, ’89, 229–56.)

ⓘ w. the art. τὰ περί τινος what concerns someone or someth., his or its circumstances, situation, condition (X., An. 2, 5, 37 ὅπως μάθοι τὰ περὶ Προξένου; Sir 19:30; TestJob 41:3; JosAs 19:2; GrBar 4:12; Just., A I, 33, 5; Tat. 36, 2) τὰ περὶ (τοῦ) Ἰησοῦ the reports about Jesus, concerning his miracles Mk 5:27; of Jesus’ passion experiences Lk 24:19; of the preaching about Jesus Ac 18:25; cp. 28:31. τὰ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ (αὐτοῦ, ἐμοῦ, ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν) Lk 24:27; Ac 23:11, 15; 24:10; 28:15; Eph 6:22; Phil 1:27; 2:19f; Col 4:8.—τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ the things concerning the Kgdm. of God Ac 1:3; 19:8 (v.l. without the art.). τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 24:22 (ὁδός 3c).

② w. the acc., gener. in ref. to position rather than mental or emotional considerations as in the use of the gen., about

ⓐ of place around, about, near (TestJob 40:6 περί τινα φάτνην; 12 περὶ τὴν οἰκίαν; Ath. 25, 1 ἄγγελοι … περὶ τὸν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν)

α. (all) around ἕως ὅτου σκάψω περὶ αὐτήν until I dig (all) around it Lk 13:8. περιαστράψαι φῶς περὶ ἐμέ Ac 22:6b. αἱ παρθένοι ἑστηκυῖαι περὶ τὴν πύλην who stood about the door Hs 9, 3, 2.

β. of a part of the body around which someth. goes (Heraclid. Pont. Fgm. 55 W. περὶ τὸ μέτωπον; PsSol 2:20 περὶ τὴν κεφαλήν; TestJob 46:9 περὶ τὸ στῆθος; JosAs 3:9 περὶ τὰς χεῖρας): a belt περὶ τὴν ὀσφύν around the waist Mt 3:4; Mk 1:6 (JosAs 14:16); cp. Rv 15:6. A millstone περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον Mk 9:42; Lk 17:2 (JosAs 18:5); cp. Mt 18:6.

γ. of nearby places: αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις the towns near them (Sodom and Gomorrah) Jd 7. τὰ περὶ τὸν τόπον the region around the place Ac 28:7 (Diod S 1, 50, 6 τὰ π. τὴν Μέμφιν; Strabo 12, 7, 3). Without the art. περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα the neighborhood of T. and S. Mk 3:8.

δ. of persons who are standing, sitting, working or staying close to someone ὄχλον περὶ αὐτόν Mt 8:18; cp. Mk 9:14. τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν κύκλῳ καθημένους Mk 3:34; cp. vs. 32. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν those about him, his followers Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49. The central person in the group can be included: οἱ περὶ Παῦλον Paul and his companions Ac 13:13; 21:8 v.l. οἱ περὶ τὸν Πέτρον Peter and those with him short ending of Mark; GHb 356, 38f= ISm 3:2; cp. GHb 22, 39 (Pla., Thu., X.; Diod S 11, 40, 3; 11, 61, 3 οἱ περὶ τὸν Κίμωνα=Cimon and his men; ins, pap; 2 Macc 1:33; 8:30; 4 Macc 2:19; JosAs 26:5; Jos., Bell. 5, 10, Ant. 18, 354 al.; Tat. 36, 1 al.; B-D-F §228; Rob. 620). οἱ περὶ τὸν κεντυρίωνα the centurion and his men GPt 11:45. πρὸς τὰς περὶ Μάρθαν καὶ Μαριάμ J 11:19 v.l. prob. means only the two sisters to Martha and Mary (cp. Phalaris, Ep. 136; Polyb. 4, 36, 6; 21, 11, 2; Diod S 1, 16, 1; 1, 37, 3; 16, 85, 2 οἱ περὶ Χάρητα καὶ Λυσικλέα=Chares and Lysicles [are made generals]; Plut., Tib. Gracch. 825 [2, 3] οἱ περὶ Δροῦσον = Δροῦσος, Pyrrh. 395 [20, 1] οἱ περὶ Γάϊον Φαβρίκιον = Γάϊος Φαβρίκιος; Diog. L. 2, 43 οἱ περὶ Αἰσχύλον=Aeschylus; 2, 105; EpArist 51; Philo, Vi. Cont. 15; Jos., Ant. 13, 187; 15, 370, C. Ap. 1, 17). οἱ π. τὸν Παῦλον Ac 27:1a v.l.=Παῦλος vs. 1b.

ⓑ of time about, near (Hdt., Thu., X. et al.; PGen 17, 10; PGiss 70, 7; Gen 15:12; Ex 11:4) περὶ τρίτην ὥραν (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 45 §182; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 11 [Stone p. 12] and B 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; Jos., Vi. 239; cp. 243; PSI 184, 5 χθὲς περὶ ἕκτην ὥραν) about the third hour Mt 20:3. Likew. w. the hour given vs. 5f, 9; 27:46; Ac 10:3 (ὡσεὶ περὶ ὥραν ἐνάτην; ApcMos 17 περὶ ὥραν, ὅταν), 9; cp. Mk 6:48; Ac 22:6a.

ⓒ of being occupied with (Just., D. 2, 5 χρόνον ἐκτρίβειν περὶ ἐκεῖνα τὰ μαθματα; 8, 3 τῆς περὶ τὸ θεῖον ὁρμῆς; Tat. 27, 3; Ath. 17, 3) περισπᾶσθαι (q.v. 2), θορυβάζεσθαι περί τι Lk 10:40f. οἱ π. τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάται the workers who were occupied with such things (s. ἐργάτης 1a) Ac 19:25.

ⓓ with regard or respect to (Diod S 2, 18, 2 ἡ περὶ αὐτὴν ἀρετή=her valor; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 17 οἱ περὶ μοιχείαν νόμοι; ApcEsdr 1:6 δικάσασθαι … περὶ τὸ γένος τῶν χριστιανῶν; Jos., Ant. 5, 259; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13 σου τὸ σπουδαῖον περὶ τὴν πίστιν) ἀστοχεῖν 1 Ti 6:21; 2 Ti 2:18. ναυαγεῖν 1 Ti 1:19. νοσεῖν have a morbid craving for someth. (s. νοσέω) 6:4. περὶ πάντα in all respects Tit 2:7.—Pol 4:3; παράδοξον περὶ Ἰοῦστον … γέγονος a miracle that took place involving Justus Papias (2:9). On 2 Cl 17:2 s. ἀνάγω 5.—τὰ περὶ ἐμέ my situation, how I am getting along (Menand., Sam. 623 S. [Kö. 278]; UPZ 68, 6 [152 B.C.] τὰ περὶ Ἀπολλώνιον; Just., A I, 54, 2 τὰ περὶ τὸν Χριστόν; Tat. 8, 4 τὰ περὶ σέ; Jos., Ant. 2, 60) Phil 2:23. αἱ π. τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι desires for other things Mk 4:19.—DELG. M-M. TW.

ἐρωτάω fut. ἐρωτήσω; 1 aor. ἠρώτησα; 2 aor. ἠρόμην, fr. ἔρομαι, s. Schwyzer I 746, 7 (Just., D. 3, 5; Ath. 35, 1). Pass.: 1 aor. 3 sg. ἠρωτήθη 2 Km 20:18, inf. ἐρωτηθήναι (TestAbr B 4 p. 108, 22 [Stone p. 64]), ptc. ἐρωτηθείς (TestSol 11, 1 C); pf. ptc. ἠρωτημένος 2 Km 20:18.

① to put a query to someone, ask, ask a question (Hom.+) abs. (Da 2:10; 1 Macc 10:72) Lk 22:68. τινά someone (Lucian, D. Deor. 7, 1; Gen 24:47; 40:7; Ex 13:14 al.; En 22:6; TestSol 7:4 al.; TestJob 47:5; Just., D. 3, 5) J 1:25; 8:7; 9:21; 16:19, 30 al. τινά τι someone about someth. (X., Mem. 3, 7, 2, Cyr. 3, 3, 48; Job 21:29; TestSol 3:6 D; Jos., Ant. 6, 48; Just., D. 68, 4) ὑμᾶς λόγον ἕνα ask you one question Mt 21:24=Lk 20:3 (cp. Pla., Leg. 10, 895e; Jer 45:14; ApcSed 8:5 al.; TestJob 36:5); αὐτὸν τὰς παραβολάς ask him about the parables Mk 4:10. Certainly J 16:23 belongs here too. τινὰ περί τινος someone about someth. (2 Esdr 11:2; Is 45:11; Just., D. 94, 4) Mt 19:17; Lk 9:45; J 18:19. W. τινά and direct question (X., An. 1, 6, 7; TestSol 15:2 al.; TestAbr A 10 p. 87, 30 [Stone p. 22]; GrBar 9:5 al.; Just., D. 99, 3) Mk 8:5; Lk 19:31; J 1:19, 21; 5:12; 16:5; the direct quest. introduced by λέγων or λέγοντες (En 23:3; TestSol 7:3 al.; TestJob 44:4; ParJer 2:4) Mt 16:13; J 9:2, 19. W. τινά and indir. quest. foll. (X., Cyr. 8, 5, 19; Just., A I, 17, 2, D. 64, 3) 9:15. Cp. Lk 23:6 P⁷⁵ (s. ed. note and s.v. ἐπερωτάω 1a; ἐρωτ. εἰ also Thu. 1, 5, 2).

② to ask for someth., ask, request (Babrius 42, 3; 97, 3; Apollon. Dysc., Synt. 3, 167 Uhlig ἐρωτῶ σε νῦν ἐν ἴσῳ τῷ παρακαλῶ σε, λιτανεύω, ἱκνοῦμαι; SIG 705, 56 [112 B.C.]; 741, 5 [after 88 B.C.]; POxy 744, 6; 13 [1 B.C.]; 292, 7 [c. 25 A.D.]; 110; 111; 113; 269; 745; 746 al.; Jer 44:17; Jos., Ant. 7, 164; TestSim 4:1.—Dssm., B 30; 31; 45, NB 23f [BS 195f; 290f]) τὶ for someth. Lk 14:32 (s. εἰρήνη 1 a). περί τινος for someth. Hv 3, 1, 6b (w. ἵνα foll.). τὶ περί τινος for someth. concerning a thing 3, 1, 6a. W. acc. of pers.: τινά someone J 14:16 (Field, Notes 101f). τ. κύριον Hv 2, 2, 1 (Jos., Ant. 5, 42 ἐ. τ. θεόν; SibOr 2, 309). Foll. by λέγων, which introduces the request in direct discourse Mt 15:23; Lk 7:4 v.l.; J 4:31; 12:21. W. impv. foll. (BGU 423, 11 ἐρωτῶ σε οὖν, γράψον μοι ἐπιστόλιον; POxy 745, 7; 746, 5) Lk 14:18f; Phil 4:3. τινὰ περί τινος beseech someone on someone’s behalf (JosAs 15:7 περὶ τῶν μετανοούντων ἐρωτᾷ αὐτόν [about the topic Μετάνοια]) Lk 4:38; J 16:26; 17:9, 20; concerning someth. 1J 5:16, sim. ὑπέρ τινος 2 Th 2:1 (on the interchange of περί and ὑπέρ s. B-D-F §229, 1; 231; Rob. 629; 632). τινὰ κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου beseech someone by the Lord Hv 3, 2, 3 (B-D-F §225). W. ἵνα foll. (POxy 744, 13 [1 B.C.]) Mk 7:26; Lk 7:36; 16:27; J 4:47; 17:15; 19:31, 38; 2J 5. W. ὅπως foll. (SIG 741, 5 [after 88 B.C.]; PTebt 409, 4; 6; En 13:4) Lk 7:3; 11:37; Ac 23:20. W. inf. foll. (Chariton 8, 7, 3; PTebt 410, 11; PRyl 229, 8 [38 A.D.]; POxy 292, 7 [c. 25 A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 6, 328) Lk 5:3; 8:37; J 4:40; Ac 3:3; 10:48; 16:39; 18:20; 1 Th 5:12. Foll. by εἰς and subst. inf. 2 Th 2:1.—ἐ. and παρακαλέω together (POxy 744, 6; 294, 28 [22 A.D.]. S. the quot. fr. Apollon. Dysc., above) 1 Th 4:1.— Urge w. inf., impv. et al. B 4:6; 21:2, 4, 7.—B. 1264; 1271. DELG s.v. ἐρέω. M-M. TW.

ὑπέρ (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc. (lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg. In addition to this, for ὑπέρ: LWenger, Die Stellvertretung im Rechte der Papyri 1896; ARobertson, The Use of ὑπέρ in Business Documents in the Papyri: Exp. 8th ser., 28, 1919, 321–27). The loc. sense ‘over, above’ is not found in our lit. (not in the LXX either, but in JosAs 14:4; ApcEsdr 1:9; Just., Tat., Ath.) but does appear in nonliteral senses. The mss. oft. fluctuate between ὑπέρ and περί; see A3 below.

A. w. gen.

① a marker indicating that an activity or event is in some entity’s interest, for, in behalf of, for the sake of someone/someth.

ⓐ w. gen. of pers. or human collective

α. after words that express a request, prayer, etc. After the verbs δέομαι (q.v. b), εὔχομαι (q.v. 1), προσεύχομαι (q.v.), ἐντυγχάνω (q.v. 1a; cp. b), ὑπερεντυγχάνω (q.v.), λιτανεύω (q.v.) etc. After the nouns δέησις (q.v., end) and προσευχή (q.v. 1). S. also 1 Ti 2:1f.

β. after words and expressions that denote working, caring, concerning oneself about. After the verbs ἀγρυπνέω (q.v. 2), ἀγωνίζομαι (q.v. 2b), μεριμνάω (q.v. 2), πρεσβεύω (q.v.) etc. After the nouns ζῆλος (q.v. 1), σπουδή (q.v. 2), ἔχειν πόνον (πόνος 1). ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διάκονος Col 1:7.

γ. after expressions having to do w. sacrifice: ἁγιάζω (q.v. 2), ἁγνίζομαι (s. ἁγνίζω 3). τὸ πάσχα ἡμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἑτύθη Χριστός 1 Cor 5:7 v.l. ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά Ac 21:26 (προσφέρω 2a).—Eph 5:2; Hb 9:7.

δ. gener. εἶναι ὑπέρ τινος be for someone, be on someone’s side (PIand 16, 8 τὸ νόμιμον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν.—Opp. εἶναι κατά τινος) Mk 9:40; Lk 9:50; Ro 8:31.—ἐπιτρέπεταί σοι ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ λέγειν Ac 26:1 v.l. (for περί). ἵνα μὴ εἷς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἑνὸς φυσιοῦσθε κατὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου 1 Cor 4:6b. Cp. 2 Cor 1:11ab; 5:20b (δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ=as helpers of Christ we beg you. Also prob. is we beg you by or in the name of Christ [Apollon. Rhod. 3, 701 λίσσομʼ ὑπὲρ μακάρων=by the gods, in imitation of Il. 22, 338.—Theaetetus, III B.C.: Anth. Pal. 7, 499, 2]). τοῦτο φρονεῖν ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν to be thus minded in behalf of you all Phil 1:7 (perh. simply=about; s. 3 below); cp. 4:10 (think of me = care for, be interested in me).

ε. after expressions of suffering, dying, devoting oneself, etc. (JosAs 28:1 κύριος πολεμεῖ καθʼ ἡμῶν ὑπὲρ Ἀσενεθ ‘against us in behalf of Aseneth’; ApcEsdr 6:18 p. 31, 28 Tdf. δικάζεσθαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων) ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπέρ τινος die for someone or someth. (ἀποθνῄσκω 1aα; also Jos., Ant. 13, 6) J 11:50–52; 18:14; Ro 5:7ab. τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τινος (cp. Jos., Bell. 2, 201; Sir 29:15; ApcSed 1:5; Ar. 15, 10; Mel., P. 103, 791) J 10:11, 15; 13:37f; 15:13; 1J 3:16b.—Ro 16:4; 2 Cor 12:15; Eph 3:1, 13; Col 1:24a.—So esp. of the death of Christ (already referred to at least in part in some of the passages already mentioned. S. also above 1aγ and below 1c) for, in behalf of humanity, the world, etc.: Mk 14:24; Lk 22:19f; Ro 5:6, 8; 8:32; 14:15; 1 Cor 1:13 (where the hypothetical question μὴ Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν; was chosen for no other reason than its ref. to the redeeming death of Christ); 11:24; 15:3; Gal 2:20; 3:13; Eph 5:25; 1 Th 5:10 (v.l. περί); 1 Ti 2:6; Tit 2:14; Hb 2:9; 6:20; 1 Pt 2:21 (v.l. περί); 3:18a v.l.; 18b; 1J 3:16a; MPol 17:2ab (Just., A I, 50, 1 ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος).—AMetzinger, Die Substitutionstheorie u. das atl. Opfer, Biblica 21, ’40, 159–87, 247–72, 353–77; EBlakeney, ET 55, ’43/44, 306.

ⓑ w. gen. of thing, in which case it must be variously translated ὑπὲρ (τῶν) ἁμαρτιῶν in order to atone for (the) sins or to remove them 1 Cor 15:3; Gal 1:4; Hb 5:1b; 7:27; 9:7 (here ὑπὲρ … τῶν ἀγνοημάτων); 10:12; B 7:3, 4 (prophetic saying of unknown origin), 5f.—ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς to bring life to the world J 6:51. ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ to reveal the glory of God 11:4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ (cp. Sb 7681, 7 [312 A.D.] ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου=in behalf of) to spread his name Ro 1:5; cp. 3J 7. ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας θεοῦ=in order to show that God’s promises are true Ro 15:8. ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως in order to comfort you 2 Cor 1:6ab. Cp. 12:19. ὑπὲρ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν for the strengthening of your faith 1 Th 3:2.

ⓒ in place of, instead of, in the name of (Eur.; Polyb. 3, 67, 7; ApcEsdr 1:11 p. 25, 3 Tdf.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 142; Just., D. 95, 2.—In pap very oft. ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ to explain that the writer is writing ‘as the representative of’ an illiterate pers.; Dssm. LO 285, 2 [LAE 335, 4]; other exx. of pap in DWallace, Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics ’96, 384–86) ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ Phlm 13. Somet. the mng. in place of merges w. on behalf of, for the sake of Ro 9:3. οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Cor 15:29a is debated; cp. 29b (s. the lit. s.v. βαπτίζω 2c; also KBornhäuser, Die Furche 21, ’34, 184–87; JWhite, JBL 116, ’97, 487–99 [esp. 497f] favors a causal sense). εἷς ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν 2 Cor 5:14; cp. 15ab, 21 (Eur., Alc. 701 κατθανεῖν ὑπέρ σου).

② marker of the moving cause or reason, because of, for the sake of, for (Diod S 10, 21, 2 τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τιμωρίαν; schol. on Pind., O. 6, 154b [=OxfT 91]), w. verbs of suffering, giving the reason for it ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ac 5:41; 9:16; 21:13; ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ Phil 1:29ab; cp. 2 Th 1:5; ὑπὲρ θεοῦ ἀποθνῄσκω IRo 4:1. Likew. used w. nouns that denote suffering ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ for Christ’s sake 2 Cor 12:10.—εὐχαριστεῖν ὑπέρ τινος give thanks for someth. 1 Cor 10:30; Eph 5:20; D 9:2; 10:2 (cp. Sb 3926, 12 [I B.C.] τὸ κατεσκευασμένον ὑπὲρ [=in gratefulness for] τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας Ἰσιδεῖον; Just., A I, 65, 3). δοξάζειν τὸν θεὸν ὑπέρ τινος praise God for someth. Ro 15:9.—ὑπὲρ τούτου with reference to someth. (Synes., Ep. 67 p. 209c) 2 Cor 12:8.—This is prob. the place for ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας with (God’s) good pleasure in view Phil 2:13 (εὐδοκία 1).

③ marker of general content, whether of a discourse or mental activity, about, concerning (about equivalent to περί [τινος], w. which it is freq. interchanged in the mss.; s. Kühner-G. I p. 487 [w. exx. fr. Hom., Pla. et al.]. Also quite common in Polyb., Diod S, Dionys. Hal., Joseph., ins [e.g. ISardGauthier 2, 3 ‘write about’] and pap [Schmidt 396]; but Ath. differentiates between λόγος ὑπὲρ [in defense of] τῆς ἀληθείας and λόγος περὶ [about] τῆς ἀληθείας R 1 p. 48, 19; Mlt. 105; Rdm.² p. 140; Johannessohn, Präp 216–21; LDeubner, Bemerkungen z. Text der Vita Pyth. des Iamblichos: SBBerlAk ’35, XIX 27; 71), oft. at the same time in the sense ‘in the interest of’ or ‘in behalf of’ οὗτός ἐστιν ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον J 1:30 (v.l. περί). Ἠσαί̈ας κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:27 (v.l. περί). Cp. 2 Cor 1:8 (v.l. περί); 5:12; 7:4, 14; 8:24; 9:2f; 12:5ab (in all the passages in 2 Cor except the first dependent on καυχάομαι, καύχημα, καύχησις); 2 Th 1:4 (ἐγκαυχᾶσθαι). With reference to (Demosth. 21, 121) 2 Cor 8:23; 2 Th 2:1. ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν our hope with reference to you is unshaken 2 Cor 1:7 (ἐλπὶς ὑ. τινος ‘for someth.’ Socrat., Ep. 6, 5 [p. 234, 28 Malherbe]).

B. w. acc. marker of a degree beyond that of a compared scale of extent, in the sense of excelling, surpassing, over and above, beyond, more than (so always PsSol; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 29 [Stone p. 10] al.; TestJob 38:6 τὰ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς; JosAs 1:6 al.; Ath. 17, 1; 32, 1) κεφαλὴ ὑπὲρ πάντα the supreme Head Eph 1:22 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 74 §314 ὑπὲρ ἅπαντα). ὑπὲρ δύναμιν beyond one’s strength 2 Cor 1:8; cp. 8:3 v.l. (OGI 767, 19f ὑπὲρ δύναμιν; Cyranides p. 63, 22 ὑπὲρ λόγον). Also ὑπὲρ ὸ̔ δύνασθε 1 Cor 10:13. μὴ ὑπὲρ ἃ γέγραπται not (to go) beyond what is written 1 Cor 4:6a (s. WLütgert, Freiheitspredigt u. Schwarmgeister in Korinth 1908, 97ff; ASchlatter, Die korinth. Theologie 1914, 7ff; OLinton, StKr 102, 1930, 425–37; LBrun, ibid. 103, ’31, 453–56; PWallis, TLZ 75, ’50, 506–8; ALegault, NTS 18, ’71/72, 227–31; PMarshall, Hybrists Not Gnostics in Corinth: SBLSP 23, 84, 275–87; on the prob. imagery of a school exercise in which children learn to stay between the lines, s. RTyler, CBQ 60, ’98, 97–103; a public foundational document containing bylaws, JHanges, JBL 117, ’98, 275–98 [pap and ins]). ὑπὲρ ἃ λέγω ποιήσεις you will do even more than I ask Phlm 21. ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι I feel an exceeding and overwhelming joy B 1:2.—After an adj. in comp. or superl. for ἤ than: mostly so after the comp. (Judg 11:25 B; 15:2 B; 18:26 B; 3 Km 19:4; Ps 18:11; Hab 1:8) τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν Hb 4:12. Cp. Lk 16:8; J 12:43 v.l.; MPol 18:2. In an unusually compressed statement: τοὺς ἀποστόλους ὄντας ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνομωτέρους the apostles, who were more lawless than (people who commit) any and every sin B 5:9; rarely after the superl. (TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 25 [Stone p. 4]) γλυκυτάτη ὑπὲρ τὸ μέλι Hm 5, 1, 6. Likew. after verbs that express the idea of comparison ἡσσώθητε (=ἐγένεσθε ἥσσονες) ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, were you treated worse than the other churches? 2 Cor 12:13.—‘More than’ also takes on the sense more exalted or excellent or glorious than; as the timeless one (ἄχρονος), Christ is called ὁ ὑπὲρ καιρόν the one who is exalted beyond time IPol 3:2. ὑπὲρ θάνατον exalted above death ISm 3:2. οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον a disciple is not superior to his teacher Mt 10:24a; Lk 6:40.—Mt 10:24b; Ac 26:13; Phil 2:9. οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ δοῦλον no longer as a slave, but as someth. better than a slave Phlm 16. τῷ δυναμένῳ ὑπὲρ πάντα ποιῆσαι to (God) who is able to do greater things than all (we can ask or imagine) Eph 3:20.— More than (PsSol 17:43; TestGad 7:1) ἀγαπᾶν ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου (JosAs 13:11) B 1:4; cp. 4:6; 19:5; D 2:7. φιλεῖν Mt 10:37ab. ἀρέσει αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ μόσχον 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:32). λάμπειν IEph 19:2. προκόπτειν Gal 1:14. στίλβειν Hs 9, 2, 2.

C. adv. use even more. The adv. use of ὑπέρ is, so far, almost unknown outside the NT (but s. L-S-J-M s.v. ὑπέρ E; Schwyzer II 518; Ursing 49 cites fr. an Aesop-ms. ὅπερ ἔτι ὑπὲρ ἀπεδέξατο, where all the other mss. have μᾶλλον [Phil 3:4 ἐγὼ μᾶλλον]. On the adv. use of other prepositions s. Kühner-G. I p. 526f). διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσιν; ὑπὲρ ἐγώ are they assistants of of Christ? I am so even more (than they) 2 Cor 11:23 (W-H. accent ὕπερ; s. Mlt-Turner 250). Wallis (s. B above) classes 1 Cor 4:6 here.—RBieringer: The Four Gospels, Festschr. FNeirynck, ed. FvanSegbroeck et al. ’92, I 219–48. On ὑπὲρ ἄγαν, ὑπὲρ ἐκεῖνα, ὑπὲρ ἐκπερισσοῦ, ὑπὲρ λίαν s. ὑπεράγαν, ὑπερέκεινα, ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ (-ῶς), ὑπερλίαν.—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

παραδίδωμι (Pind., Hdt.+) pres. 3 sg. παραδίδει (-δίδη cod. [ApcEsdr 3:12 p. 27, 23 Tdf.]), subj. 3 sg. παραδιδῷ and παραδιδοῖ 1 Cor 15:24 (B-D-F §95, 2; W-S. §14, 12; Mlt-H. 204), ptc. παραδιδούς; impf. 3 sg. παρεδίδου Ac 8:3 and 1 Pt 2:23, pl. παρεδίδουν Ac 16:4 v.l.; 27:1 and παρεδίδοσαν 16:4 (B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 202); fut. παραδώσω; 1 aor. παρέδωκα; 2 aor. indic. παρέδοσαν Lk 1:2; 2 aor. subj. 3 sg. παραδῷ and παραδοῖ Mk 4:29; 14:10, 11; J 13:2 (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt-H. 210f), impv. παράδος, ptc. παραδούς; pf. παραδέδωκα, ptc. παραδεδωκώς (Ac 15:26); plpf. 3 pl. παραδεδώκεισαν Mk 15:10 (on the absence of augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.; impf. 3 sg. παρεδίδετο 1 Cor 11:23b (-δίδοτο is also attested; B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 206); 1 fut. παραδοθήσομαι; 1 aor. παρεδόθην; perf. 3 sg. παραδέδοται Lk 4:6, ptc. παραδεδομένος (Ac 14:26).

① to convey someth. in which one has a relatively strong personal interest, hand over, give (over), deliver, entrust

ⓐ a thing τινί τι (Jos., Ant 4, 83; Mel., P. 42, 290; 292; 294) τάλαντά μοι Mt 25:20, 22. αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ vs. 14. ὑμῖν τὴν γῆν 1 Cl 12:5. τινὶ τὴν κτίσιν Hv 3, 4, 1; λίθους Hs 9, 7, 1; ἀμπελῶνα 5, 6, 2. Also in the sense give back, restore, give up (X., Hell. 2, 3, 7 τινί τι) αὐτῷ τὴν παρακαταθήκην ἣν ἔλαβον Hm 3:2.—Pass., w. the thing easily supplied fr. the context ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται Lk 4:6.—παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα J 19:30 (ApcMos 42; cp. TestAbr B 12 p. 117, 4f [Stone p. 82] Σαρρα … παρέδωκε τὴν ψυχήν; ParJer 9:8; ApcEsdr 7:14) needs no dat.: he gave up his spirit voluntarily. ἄνθρωποι παραδεδωκότες τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου men who have risked ( pledged Field, Notes 124) their lives for the name of the Lord Ac 15:26. καὶ ἐὰν παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου ἵνα καυθήσομαι and if I give up my body to be burned 1 Cor 13:3 (Maximus Tyr. 1, 9i τῇ Αἴτνῃ αὐτοῦ παραδοὺς σῶμα; Syntipas p. 60, 11 πυρὶ σεαυτὴν παραδίδως). ὅταν παραδιδοῖ τ. βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ when (Christ) delivers the kingship to God 15:24.

ⓑ hand over, turn over, give up a person ([Lat. trado] as a t.t. of police and courts ‘hand over into [the] custody [of]’ OGI 669, 15; PHib 92, 11; 17; PLille 3, 59 [both pap III B.C.]; PTebt 38, 6 [II B.C.] al.—As Military term ‘surrender’: Paus. 1, 2, 1; X., Cyr. 5, 1, 28; 5, 4, 51.) τινά someone Mt 10:19; 24:10; 27:18; Mk 13:11; Ac 3:13. Pass. Mt 4:12; Mk 1:14; Lk 21:16. τινά τινι Mt 5:25 (fr. one official to another, as UPZ 124, 19f [II B.C.]; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 11 [Stone p. 78]); 18:34; 27:2; Mk 10:33b; cp. 15:1; Lk 12:58; 20:20; J 18:30, 35; Ac 27:1; 28:16 v.l.; Hs 7:5; 9, 10, 6; Pass. Lk 18:32; J 18:36; Hv 5:3f; m 4, 4, 3; Hs 6, 3, 6b; 9, 11, 2; 9, 13, 9; 9, 20, 4; 9, 21, 4. τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν Lk 23:25.—Esp. of Judas (s. Brown, Death I 211f on tendency of translators to blur the parallelism of Judas’ action to the agency of others in the passion narrative), whose information and action leads to the arrest of Jesus, w. acc. and dat. ἐγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν Mt 26:15. Cp. Mk 14:10; Lk 22:4, 6; J 19:11. Pass. Mt 20:18; Mk 10:33a. Without a dat. Mt 10:4; 26:16, 21, 23; Mk 3:19; 14:11, 18; Lk 22:48; J 6:64, 71; 12:4; 13:21. Pass. Mt 26:24; Mk 14:21; Lk 22:22; 1 Cor 11:23b (NRSV et al. render ‘betrayed’, but it is not certain that when Paul refers to ‘handing over’, ‘delivering up’, ‘arresting’ [so clearly Posidon.: 87 Fgm. 36, 50 Jac. παραδοθείς ‘surrendered’] he is even thinking of the action taken against Jesus by Judas much less interpreting it as betrayal; cp. Ac 3:13 παρεδώκατε). ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν (παραδιδούς με) his (my) informer (on the role of a מסוֹר in Israelite piety s. WKlassen, Judas ’96, 62–66; but Ac 1:18 the action of Judas as ἀδικία) Mt 26:25, 46, 48; Mk 14:42, 44; Lk 22:21; J 13:11; 18:2, 5. Cp. Mt 27:3, 4; J 21:20. The article w. pres. ptc. connotes the notoriety (cp. the use of traditor in Tacitus, Histories 4, 24) of Judas in early tradition. His act is appraised as betrayal Lk 6:16, s. προδότης.—τινὰ εἰς χεῖράς τινος deliver someone/someth. into someone’s hands (a Semitic construction, but paralleled in Lat., cp. Livy 26, 12, 11; Dt 1:27; Jer 33:24; Jdth 6:10; 1 Macc 4:30; 1 Esdr 1:50. Pass. Jer 39:4, 36, 43; Sir 11:6; Da 7:25, 11:11; TestJob 20:3; ParJer 2:7 τὴν πόλιν; AscIs 2:14; cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 20) Ac 21:11. Pass. Mt 17:22; 26:45; Mk 9:31; 14:41; Lk 9:44; 24:7 (NPerrin, JJeremias Festschr., ’70, 204–12); Ac 28:17. ἡ γῆ παραδοθήσεται εἰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ D 16:4b. Also ἐν χειρί τινος (Judg 7:9; 2 Esdr 9:7; cp. 2 Ch 36:17; 1 Macc 5:50; Just., D. 40, 2 ὁ τόπος τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑμῶν παραδοθήσεται) 1 Cl 55:5b.—W. indication of the goal, or of the purpose for which someone is handed over: in the inf. (Jos., Bell. 1, 655) παραδιδόναι τινά τινι φυλάσσειν αὐτόν hand someone over to someone to guard him (X., An. 4, 6, 1) Ac 12:4. W. local εἰς (OGI 669, 15 εἰς τὸ πρακτόρειόν τινας παρέδοσαν; PGiss 84 II, 18 [II A.D.] εἰς τ. φυλακήν): εἰς συνέδρια hand over to the local courts Mt 10:17; Mk 13:9. εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ φυλακάς hand someone over to the synagogues and prisons Lk 21:12. εἰς φυλακήν put in prison Ac 8:3; cp. 22:4. Also εἰς δεσμωτήριον (of a transcendent place of punishment: cp. PGM 4, 1245ff ἔξελθε, δαῖμον, … παραδίδωμί σε εἰς τὸ μέλαν χάος ἐν ταῖς ἀπωλείαις) Hs 9, 28, 7. ἑαυτοὺς εἰς δεσμά give oneself up to imprisonment 1 Cl 55:2a. W. final εἰς (cp. En 97:10 εἰς κατάραν μεγάλην παρα[δο]θήσεσθε): ἑαυτοὺς εἰς δουλείαν give oneself up to slavery 55:2b (cp. Just., D. 139, 4). εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι hand over to be crucified Mt 26:2. εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι κτλ. 20:19. εἰς θλῖψιν 24:9. εἰς κρίμα θανάτου Lk 24:20. εἰς κρίσιν 2 Pt 2:4. εἰς θάνατον hand over to death (POxy 471, 107 [II A.D.]): Mt 10:21 (Unknown Sayings, 68 n. 3: by informing on the other); Mk 13:12; Hm 12, 1, 2f; pass.: ending of Mk in the Freer ms.; 2 Cor 4:11; 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12); B 12:2; Hs 9, 23, 5. π. ἑαυτὸν εἰς θάνατον give oneself up to death 1 Cl 55:1; fig. hand oneself over to death Hs 6, 5, 4. εἰς θλῖψιν θανάτου παραδίδοσθαι be handed over to the affliction of death B 12:5. π. τὴν σάρκα εἰς καταφθοράν give up his flesh to corruption 5:1.—ἵνα stands for final εἰς: τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ he handed Jesus over to be crucified Mt 27:26; Mk 15:15; cp. J 19:16.—π. alone w. the mng. hand over to suffering, death, punishment, esp. in relation to Christ: κύριος παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 Cl 16:7 (cp. Is 53:6).—Ro 8:32. Pass. 4:25; cp. B 16:5. π. ἑαυτὸν ὑπέρ τινος Gal 2:20 (GBerényi, Biblica 65, ’84, 490–537); Eph 5:25. παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ he gave himself to God for us as a sacrifice and an offering vs. 2.—π. τινὰ τῷ σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός hand someone over to Satan for destruction of his physical body 1 Cor 5:5. οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ σατανᾷ, ἵνα whom I have turned over to Satan, in order that 1 Ti 1:20 (cp. INikaia I, 87, 4f of someone handed over to the gods of the netherworld for tomb violation [New Docs 4, 165]; also the exorcism PGM 5, 334ff νεκυδαίμων, … παραδίδωμί σοι τὸν δεῖνα, ὅπως … ; s. the lit. s.v. ὄλεθρος 2; also CBruston, L’abandon du pécheur à Satan: RTQR 21, 1912, 450–58; KLatte, Heiliges Recht 1920; LBrun, Segen u. Fluch im Urchr. ’32, 106ff). The angel of repentance says: ἐμοὶ παραδίδονται εἰς ἀγαθὴν παιδείαν they are turned over to me for good instruction Hs 6, 3, 6a (Demetr. Phaler. [IV/III B.C.] Fgm. 164 FWehrli ’49: Demosthenes παραδίδωσι ἑαυτὸν τῷ Ἀνδρονίκῳ to be initiated into dramatic art).—ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ they gave themselves over to debauchery Eph 4:19. ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τ. αἰῶνος τούτου Hs 6, 2, 3. ταῖς τρυφαῖς καὶ ἀπάταις 6, 2, 4. παρεδώκατε ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰς ἀκηδίας Hv 3, 11, 3 (s. ἀκηδία). Of God, who punishes evil-doers: παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν he abandoned them to impurity Ro 1:24 (for the thought cp. 1QH 2:16–19. See also EKlostermann, ZNW 32, ’33, 1–6 [retribution]). εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας to disgraceful passions vs. 26. εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν vs. 28. παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Ac 7:42. God, the All-Gracious One, is the subject of the extraordinary (s. lit. διδαχή 2) expression εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ δ. εἰς ὸ̔ν π. (obedient) to the form of teaching, for the learning of which you were given over i.e. by God Ro 6:17 (cp. the ins. fr. Transjordania in Nabataean times NGG Phil.-Hist. Kl. Fachgr. V n.s. I, 1, ’36, p. 3, 1 Abedrapsas thanks his paternal god: παρεδόθην εἰς μάθησιν τέχνης=‘I was apprenticed to learn a trade’. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 7, ’42, 6–8; FBeare, NTS 5, ’59, 206–10; UBorse, BZ 12, ’68, 95–103; FDanker, Gingrich Festschr., ’72, 94).

② to entrust for care or preservation, give over, commend, commit w. dat. (cp. PFlor 309, 5 σιωπῇ παραδ. ‘hand over to forgetfulness’; Just., A II, 5, 2 τὴν … τῶν ἀνθρώπων … πρόνοιαν ἀγγέλοις … παρέδωκεν ‘[God] entrusted angels with concern for humans’; Tat. 7, 3 τῇ σφῶν ἀβελτερίᾳ παρεδόθησαν ‘they were handed over to their own stupidity’) παραδίδοσθαι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ κυρίου ὑπό τινος be commended by someone to the grace of the Lord Ac 15:40. Ἀντιόχεια, ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον Antioch, from which (city they had gone out) commended to the grace of God for the work 14:26.—παρεδίδου τῷ κρίνοντι he committed his cause to the one who judges 1 Pt 2:23.

③ to pass on to another what one knows, of oral or written tradition, hand down, pass on, transmit, relate, teach (Theognis 1, 28f passes on what he himself learned as παῖς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν; Pla., Phil. 16c, Ep. 12, 359d μῦθον; Demosth. 23, 65; Polyb. 7, 1, 1; 10, 28, 3; Diod S 12, 13, 2 π. τινί τι pass on someth. to future generations εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα; Plut., Nic. 524 [1, 5]; Herm. Wr. 13, 15; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60 τὴν κατὰ νόμους παραδεδομένην εὐσέβειαν; PMagd 33, 5 of a report to the police concerning the facts in a case; Just.; A I, 54, 1 τὰ μυθοποιηθέντα) Lk 1:2. παραδόσεις Mk 7:13 (of the tradition of the Pharisees, as Jos., Ant. 13, 297; cp. the rabbinic term מָסַר); 1 Cor 11:2. ἔθη Ac 6:14. ὁ ἡμῖν παραδοθεὶς λόγος the teaching handed down to us Pol 7:2 (Just., D. 53, 6). ἡ παραδοθεῖσα αὐτοῖς ἁγία ἐντολή 2 Pt 2:21 (ApcMos 23 τὴν ἐντολήν μου ἣν παρέδωκά σοι). ἡ παραδοθεῖσα τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστις Jd 3. τὰ παραδοθέντα (Philo, Fuga 200) Dg 11:1. παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν τὰ δόγματα they handed down to them the decisions to observe Ac 16:4.—(In contrast to παραλαμβάνειν [the same contrast in Diod S 1, 91, 4; 3, 65, 6; 5, 2, 3; PHerm 119 III, 22; BGU 1018, 24; PThéad 8, 25]) pass on 1 Cor 11:23a; 15:3; AcPlCor 2:4; EpilMosq 2. W. a connotation of wonder and mystery (of mysteries and ceremonies: Theon Smyrn., Expos. Rer. Math. p. 14 Hiller τελετὰς παραδιδόναι; Diod S 5, 48, 4 μυστηρίων τελετὴ παραδοθεῖσα; Strabo 10, 3, 7; Wsd 14:15 μυστήρια καὶ τελετάς. ParJer 9:29 τὰ μυστήρια … τῷ Βαρούχ; Just., D. 70, 1 τὰ τοῦ Μίθρου μυστήρια παραδιδόντες; cp. 78, 6. Cp. Herm. Wr. 13, 1 παλιγγενεσίαν; PGM 4, 475) πάντα (πᾶς 1dβ) μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τ. πατρός μου Mt 11:27; Lk 10:22 (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 32 πάτερ … παρέδωκας αὐτῷ [ὁ σὸς ἄνθρωπος is meant] τὴν πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν; in Vett. Val. 221, 23 astrology is ὑπὸ θεοῦ παραδεδομένη τ. ἀνθρώποις.—For lit. on the saying of Jesus s. under υἱός 2dβ).—S. παράδοσις, end.

④ to make it possible for someth. to happen, allow, permit (Hdt. 5, 67; 7, 18 [subj. ὁ θεός]; X., An. 6, 6, 34 [οἱ θεοί]; Isocr. 5, 118 [οἱ καιροί]; Polyb. 22, 24, 9 τῆς ὥρας παραδιδούσης) ὅταν παραδοῖ ὁ καρπός when the (condition of the) crop permits Mk 4:29.—On the whole word: WPopkes, Christus Traditus, ’67.—M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

μανθάνω fut. μαθήσομαι LXX; 2 aor. ἔμαθον; impv. pl. μάθετε, ptc. μαθών; perf. 3 sg. μεμάθηκεν Jer 9:4, ptc. pl. μεμαθηκότες Jer 13:23; inf. μεμαθηκέναι Ps 118:7 (Hom.+)

① to gain knowledge or skill by instruction, learn abs. 1 Cor 14:31; 1 Ti 2:11; 2 Ti 3:7. παρά τινος learn from someone as teacher (X., Cyr. 2, 2, 6; Appian, Iber. 23 §89 παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ μ.; Sextus 353 μ. παρὰ θεοῦ; Philo, Deus Imm. 4; Just., D. 32, 5; 78, 1; Ath. 7:2) vs. 14b; be someone’s disciple (μαθητής) EpilMosq 2. ἀπό τινος from someone (Theognis 1, 28f: Theognis teaches what ‘I myself as a παῖς ἔμαθον ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν’; 1, 35; Jos., Ant. 8, 317) Mt 11:29; Col 1:7. W. acc. of the thing learned τὶ someth. 1 Cor 14:35. ταῦτα AcPl Ha 1, 26. πάντα Hs 9, 1, 3 v.l. Teaching Ro 16:17. τὴν θεοσέβειαν τ. Χριστιανῶν Dg 1; cp. 11:2. τὰ δικαιώματα τ. κυρίου the ordinances of the Lord 21:1. τὸν Χριστόν=Christian teaching Eph 4:20 (Chion, Ep. 16, 8 θεὸν ἔμαθες=you have learned to know God; Tat. 2:2 ἕνα τὸν ἀπλανῆ δεσπότην μεμαθήκαμεν). W. attraction of a relative μένε ἐν οἷς (=ἐν τούτοις ἃ) ἔμαθες stick to what you have learned 2 Ti 3:14a. W. obj. to be supplied fr. the context (γράμματα) J 7:15 (Goodsp., Probs. 102–4). μ. τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. from someone 9:9. μ. περὶ πάντων receive instruction concerning all things vs. 7 (περί τινος as Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 42; Just., D. 87, 1; Ath. 7, 2). μ. τι ἔν τινι learn fr. someone’s example 1 Cor 4:6 (B-D-F §220, 2; Rob. 587).—μ. τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. fr. someth.: ἀπὸ τ. συκῆς μάθετε τ. παραβολήν Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28.—W. ὅτι foll. (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 51) 9:8. W. inf. foll. (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 96 αὐλεῖν) 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17); 57:2. W. indirect question foll. (Just., A I, 40, 5 and D. 32, 2 al.; Mel., P. 46, 328) 1 Cl 21:8. τί ἐστιν what this means Mt 9:13. W. the question preceding (Just., A I, 56, 1) B 5:5; 6:9; 14:4; 16:2, 7; Dg 4:6. Used w. other verbs: ἀκούειν κ. μ. (Pla., Ap. 33b, 7, Ep. 344d; Theocr. 5, 39; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 33 D. p. 40; cp. Polyb. 3, 32, 9 ὅσῳ διαφέρει τὸ μαθεῖν τοῦ μόνον ἀκούειν, τοσούτῳ …) J 6:45. μ. καὶ παραλαμβάνειν Phil 4:9. οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο μαθεῖν τ. ᾠδήν no one was able to learn the song (so e.g. Bousset; Allo; REB; NRSV) Rv 14:3; others prefer the related sense understand (as Lysias 10, 15; Pla., Meno 84d, Tht. 174b, Euthyd. 277e); for mng. hear, s. 4 below.

② make the acquaintance of someth., learn

ⓐ learn about, come to know τὸν τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λόγον Christian teaching MPol 10:1. τὶ παρά τινος someth. fr. someone (Sir 8:8f; EpArist 198; Philo, Fuga 8, Leg. All. 3, 194; Jos., Vi. 62; Just., D. 2, 2; 78, 10; Tat. 36, 2) Dg 4:1; Papias (2:3). Take note τὶ of someth. MPol 20:1.

ⓑ find out, ascertain (Trag., X.; PRyl 77, 42; POxy 1067, 6; 1671, 20; LXX) τὶ ἀπό τινος find someth. out fr. someone Gal 3:2. W. ὅτι foll. (Arrian, Anab. 2, 5, 7; Esth 1:1n; Jos., Ant. 12, 208) Ac 23:27. Abs. 16:8.

③ to come to a realization, with implication of taking place less through instruction than through experience or practice, learn, appropriate to oneself: ἔμαθεν ἀφʼ ὧν ἔπαθεν τὴν ὑπακοήν he learned obedience through what he suffered = he realized obedience through suffering Hb 5:8 (for the consonance cp. Aeschyl., Agam. 177 τῷ πάθει μάθος; Hdt. 1, 207, 1 τὰ δέ μοι παθήματα … μαθήματα; schol. on Pla. 222b ἐὰν μὴ πάθῃς, οὐ μὴ μάθῃς; Philo, Fuga 138 ἔμαθον μὲν ὸ̔ ἔπαθον. Further exx. in HWindisch ad loc. and CSpicq, RB 56, ’49, 551.—A similar play on words in Theognis 369f μωμεῖσθαι … μιμεῖσθαι=[they can] find fault [with me, but not] do as I do]).—W. inf. foll. (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 6; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 14, 2; Dt 14:23; Is 2:4; Just., D 15, 1; Ath. 1, 4) τ. ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν 1 Ti 5:4; cp. Tit 3:14. μ. κατὰ Χριστιανισμὸν ζῆν IMg 10:1, cp. IRo 4:3. ἔμαθον ἐν οἷς εἰμὶ αὐτάρκης εἶναι I have learned, in whatever state I am, to be content (s. αὐτάρκης) Phil 4:11. ἀργαὶ μανθάνουσιν περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας 1 Ti 5:13 presents many difficulties fr. a linguistic point of view. Perh. εἶναι or ζῆν is to be inserted after ἀργαί (X., An. 3, 2, 25 ἂν ἅπαξ μάθωμεν ἀργοὶ ζῆν; so B-D-F §416, 2; Mlt. 229; Dibelius, Hdb./Hermeneia ad loc.). Others substitute λανθάνουσιν by conjecture (e.g. PSchmiedel, ThBl 1, 1922, 222, Zürcher Bibelübers. ’31, appendix to NT, note 12).

④ hear οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο μαθεῖν τ. ᾠδήν Rv 14:3 according to some this means no one was able to hear the song (Boll 18ff; Lohmeyer; Behm). But s. 1 end.—B. 1222. M-M. TW. Sv.

μαρτυρία, ας, ἡ (s. μαρτυρέω; Hom.+—KLatte, Martyria: Pauly-W. XIV 2, 2032–39; Kl. Pauly III 1058).

① confirmation or attestation on the basis of personal knowledge or belief, testimony

ⓐ act of testifying testimony, testifying (Pla., Leg. 11 p. 937a εἰς μαρτυρίαν κληθείς; Epict. 3, 22, 86 the μ. of the Cynic; PHal 1, 222 εἰς μαρτυρίαν κλῆσις; Iren. 5, 28, 4 [Harv. II 403, 5] διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν μ. κατακριθεὶς πρὸς θηρία) οὗτος ἦλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν J 1:7. Of the two witnesses: ὅταν τελέσωσιν τ. μαρτυρίαν αὐτῶν Rv 11:7.

ⓑ content of testimony

α. of historical attestation or testimony (Diod S 11, 38, 6 τῆς ἱστορίας δικαία μαρτυρία; Just., D. 79, 2 ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἠσαίου) J 19:35; 21:24 (JChapman, JTS 31, 1930, 379–87); Papias (2:17).

β. esp. w. ref. to Jesus

א. of human testimony concerning Jesus: by the Baptist J 1:19. By Paul Ac 22:18 (s. TRE XXIII 23–31). By believers Rv 12:11. Human testimony rejected J 5:34.

ב. of transcendent testimony concerning Jesus: he bears witness to himself as the central point of the Christian message: J 3:11, 32f; 8:14. His self-attestation is rejected vs. 13; cp. 5:31. Jesus also testifies concerning himself in Rv 1:2, 9.—God attests him (cp. Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 12 D.: μ. παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος, p. 13 ἐκ Διός; Dexippus Athen. [III A.D.]:100 Fgm. 1, 7 Jac. ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ μ. for the ‘god’ Lycurgus) J 5:32, 36 (μαρτυρία μείζων as Dionys. Soph., Ep. 77.—Cp. Orig., C. Cels. 8, 9, 25 τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενα παράδοξα … τὴν ἀπὸ θεοῦ εἶχε μ.). 1J 5:9bc, 10ab, 11.—RAsting (s. εὐαγγέλιον, end).—On John s. EHoskyns, The Fourth Gosp., ed. FDavey ’47 p. 58–95.

ג. Rv speaks of the μαρτυρία or the μ. Ἰησοῦ which the Christians, or certain Christians (martyrs, prophets), possess: 6:9; 12:17; 19:10ab; 20:4.—FMazzaferri, Bible Translator 39, ’88, 114–22: John’s book is the personal testimony of Jesus.

② testimony in court, testimony (Demosth. 29, 7 al.; Jos., Ant. 4, 219) Mk 14:56, 59; Lk 22:71. κατά τινος against someone Mk 14:55; δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μ. the testimony of two persons J 8:17.

③ attestation of character or behavior, testimony, statement of approval (Jos., Ant. 6, 346; cp. Did., Gen. 212, 1) 1J 5:9a; 3J 12; Tit 1:13. ἡ μ. τῆς ἀγαθῆς πράξεως testimony concerning good deeds 1 Cl 30:7. μαρτυρίαν καλὴν ἔχειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν have a good standing with outsiders 1 Ti 3:7 (μ.=recommendation: Dio Chrys. 28 [45], 9; Chion, Ep. 2; SIG1073, 17 [II A.D.]).—In the obscure concatenation of clauses 1:6, love seems to be ἔργων δικαιοσύνης μαρτυρία a testimony of upright deeds.—Of a good testimony fr. God (Dio Chrys. 16 [33], 12 τῆς μεγίστης ἔτυχε μαρτυρίας παρὰ τοῦ δαιμονίου) Hs 5, 2, 6.

④ testimony that invites death, a martyr’s death, martyrdom (Iren. 1, 28, 1 [Harv. I 220, 10]) MPol 1:1; 13:2; 17:1.—DELG s.v. μάρτυς. M-M. TW. Sv.